The URL can be used to link to this page

POOL RESURFACING - NORTH GREENWOOD AND CLEARWATER BEACH FAMILY AQUATIC CENTER - 08-0020-PR-BNORTH GREENWOOD AQUATIC CENTER 900 N. MARTIN LUTHER KING, JR. AVE. CLEARWATER, FLORIDA & CLEARWATER BEACH FAMILY AQUATIC CENTER 69 BAY ESPLANADE CLEARWATER, FLORIDA POOL RESURFACING PROJECT NO.: 08-0020-PR- (B) ��1�'�'��'T I�Q��JN�ENT� & SPE�IJ�I��.'�"I�NS� Prepared for � fl � �-- U GARDER B. COLLINS ENGINEERING, PA CERTIFICATE OF AUTHO►RIZATION 27934 1268 ROGERS STREET CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 33756 ISSUED FOR B!D NOVEMBER 2(J11 � � Ci of Clearwater Florida tY � � NORTH GREENWOOD AQUATIC CENTER � 900 N. MARTIN LUTHER KING, JR. AVE. CLEARWATER, FLORIDA & ' CLEARWATER BEACH FAMILY AQUATIC CENTER 69 BAY ESPLANADE 1 CLEARWATER, FLORIDA POOL RESURFACING � TABLE Of C4NTENTS � SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS ' SECTION II INSTRUCTION T S 0 BIDDERS � SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PRE-QUALIFICATION APPLICATION FORM � PERMAKOTE SCRATCH COAT SYSTEM CUT SH EEf , KRYSTA KR E - L ET CUT SHEET KRYSTAL BLUE - CUT SHEET I WATERFEATURE START-UP PROCEDURE BY CLI RECOMMEN'DATIONS ' DAILY WATER CHEMISTRY BALANCE & MAINTENANCE � RECOM M ENDATIONS SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS � 1 _1 Cover Sheet-Table of Contents.doc Page II ' ] 0/] 0/2008 ' ' ' LJ ' ' � SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS North Greenwood Aquatic Center N. Martin Luther King, Jr. Street, Clearwater, FL Clearwater Beach Family Aquatic Center 69 Bay Esplande, Clearwater, FL Pool Resurfacing PROJECT NO.: 08-0020.PR (B) CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this Project are available for inspection and/or purchase by prospective bidders at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room - website address: www.mvCleazwater.com/cityproiects, ON MONDAY. NOVEMBER 21. 2011. until no later than close of business three (3) days preceding the bid opening. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the website, reflects reproduction cost only. The work for which proposals are invited consists of resurfacing lap/diving p�ol; plunge pool, training/activity ' pool & lap/activity pool shall meet the minimum pool requirements as stated in the Florida Building Code Chapter 64E-9 Public Swimming Pools And Bathing Places. ' , � A MANDATORY Pre-Bid Conference for all prospective bidders will be held on MONDAY, NOVEMBER 28. 201_l,_8:30 AM, NORTH GREENWOOD RECREATION CENTER MULTI PURPOSE ROOM 9d0 N MARTIN LUTI�ER KING. JR. AVE. CLEARWATER FLORIDA 33756 Representatives of the Owner and Consulting Engineec wi11-be present to�discuss tlus Project. Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing Manager, at the Purchasing Office, located at the Municipal Services B1dg.,100 South Myrtle Ave., 3'� Floor, Clearwater, Florida 3375C�5520, unti11:30 P.M. on TAURSDAY, DECEMBER I5. 2011 and publicly opened and read at that hour and place for NORTH GREENWOOD AQUAT'IC CENTER & CLEARWATER BEACH FAMII.Y CENTER POOL RESURFACING. ' A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and proposal form is available to the general public (Contractors, Sub-contractors, suppliers, vendors, etc.) for review and purchase. However, sealed proposals will only be accepted from those Contractors that are currently City pre-qualified � Contractors in the constrvction category of Commercial Pools contractors wanting to pr�qualify to bid this project mus; do so two (2) weeks/ten (10) workdays prior to the bid opening date. Pre-qualification documents are attached in the Secdon IV-A of the Technical Specifications. It is mandatory that contractors bidding as prime � contractors on •pool construction ;projects .for the City of Clearwater — Parks & Recreation Department be currently qualified on the date of opening of bids as a CONIlVIERICAL POOLS CONTRACTOR by providing a copy of their contractor's Gcense, a business license for this type of work, and a proof of at least FIVE (� ' �PROJECTS OF SIlVIII.AR SIZE, FIVE (� years eaperience in with a minimum pr�qualification amount of $200,000.00 AND CAPABILE OF BONDING FROM A SURETY COMPANY OF THE SAME AMOUNT. � A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects. The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids. � The City of Clearwater, Florida George McKibben, Purchasing Manager {727)562-4634 � _Sectionl.doc � Page I of 2 sn�i2oos ' � � , ' ' 1 ' ' ' ' ' , r � ' � SECT:IO:N tl �INSTRUCTIONS TO �BIDDERS Table of Contents: SECTIONII ................................................................................................................................... i 1 COPIES OF BIDDING DUCUMENTS ..........................................................................1 2 Qi7ALIFICATION OF BIDDERS ..................................................................................1 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE .................................1 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA ....................................................................... 2 5 BID SECURITY OR BID BO1VD .................................................................................... 3 6 CONTRACT TIME .......................................................................................................... 3 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ............................................................................................. 3 8 SUBSTIT'UTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ......................................................... 3 G� 10 SUBCONTRACTORS...................................................................................................... 4 BID/PROPOSAL FORM ............................4.,�....::--:::_:::::::::::_:_::::_:_....-•-------------------------- a 11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS .................................................................................................. 5 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS .................................................... 5 13 REJECTION OF BIDS .................................................................................................... 5 14 15 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER .............................................................................. 5 OPENINGOF BIDS ......................................................................................................... 5 lb LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES ........................................... b 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE ............................. 6 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT ............................................................................................... 7 19 BID PROTEST .................................................................................................................. 7 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT ................................................................................................. 9 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASi7RES ....................................................................................... 9 ' SectionII.doc ' � 3/14/2011 �-� � �� , I Section II — Instructions to Bidders 1 COPIES OF BI'DD1NG :DOCUMENTS 1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room — website address: www.mycleazwater.com/cityprojects. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the City's Website, reflects reproduction costs only, which is non-refundable. A complete bidder's package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, af�davits and tiid/proposal form is available only to pre-qualified bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who may be a possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a"Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items. 1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others. 1.3 The City, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so � only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or grant any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose. 1 ' L� , ' ' ' , , IJ LJ ' 2 QUAL.IFICATION OF BlDDERS � t r..;.t _.. .,;�.t--= n.�.t__ _---.�+ - ---'r.c_ . ., _ . . . . . . .:. ...-,-•:---•-•-• ---�-°- - '----- � , .. ,. <..i iGvii j�iivujiVV�ltV i7iuu�.i iiii.ia� i.ii�;-�i;i[iiily tV liG1LV11JLLQlG� LV L11G LV111jJ1GLG JC(.11J1C1(il1UI1 Ul lI1C City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining drawings, specifications and contract documents. An application package for pre- qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Parks & Recreation Department — Park, Planning & Project Manager at P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street address only) or by phone at (727) 562-4856. All qualification data must be completed and delivered to the McCarthy & Associates Consulting Engineers at the 2555 Nursery Road, Suite 101, Clearwater, FL 33764 or by fax (727) 538-9125 not later than fourteen (14) days prior to the time set for the receipt of bids. All Bidders must be pre- qualified by the McCarthy & Associates in doing Specialty Concrete Repair and Coating Works as outline in contractor qualifications detailed in Section N; Section 0000; Concrete Repairs of Exterior Columns; paragraph N Contractor Qualifications and the Prequalification Forms. 3 �EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or fumishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and �(d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the ;preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the tec�nical data contained in such reports but not upon non-technical SectionII.doc Page 1 of 9 3/14/20l l Section II — Instructions to Bidders data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which �are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in .prepazation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. 33 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site aze based upon information and data furnished to the City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in ihe Contract Documents. 3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appeaz in the General Conditions. 3.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground F'acilitiesj at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6 On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. 3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in perfornung the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary conshuction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures aze to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these �Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are suff cient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. 4 �INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents aze to be directed to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, by the City's planroom to all parties recorded _SectionII.doc Page 2 of 9 3/142011 ' ' r � ' � � , ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 1 ' t ' , ' 4.2 , 5 Section II — Instructions to Bidders by the City's planroom as planholder's having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten the time frame specified at the pre-bid meeting prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be:binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. BID SEC�URITY OR BID BOND , 5.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or�cashiers check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting the ' requirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted. ' ' ' , ' � , 1 � , � 5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and fi.�rnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the Cit}�� Covncil, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the awazd may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successfiil Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid opening. 5.3 s 6.1 7 7.1 $ The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida. CONTRACT�TIME The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. LIQUIDATfD DA�MAGES Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment desctibed in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or , "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the I?rawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. � SectionII,doc , Page 3 of 9 3/14/2011 Section II — Instructions to Bidders 9 S°UBCONTRACTORS 9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of awazd to the City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Condirions. 7.L 10 i�o c:oiiu°acior siiau oe r�yuirea io empioy any �ubcontractor, suppiier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. BIDlPROPOSAL FORM 10.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in ink or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. Unit Prices shall be to no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. The Bidder must state �in the Bid/Proposal Form in.words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be inereased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice- president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be �xed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10.3 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appeaz under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.4 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. _SectionII.doc Page 4 of 9 3/14/2011 , r ' ' ' ' ' ' ' , , � ' ' ' , ' ' , � 1 , , , , , ' �J Section II — Instructions to Bidders 11 SUBMISSION OF B1DS 11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a 8.5"xll" rnanila envelope with the project name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwazded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Telegraphic or facsimile bids received by the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted. 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1 Bids may 'be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a tvno�ra�hical-or scrivener'S error has been _r��dP hv thP hir�rlPr_ tha nafi�rP nf t}iP Prrnr_ thP requested correction-of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid. ' 13 REJECTIO`N' OF BIDS , � ' ' ' ' 13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Crrounds for the rejection of a bid include but aze not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregulazities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF �BIDDER 14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion �davit contained in the Contract Documents. 15 OPENING OF B1DS ' 15.1 Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders aze invited to be present at the opening of bids. ' SectionII.doc ' Page 5 of 9 3/14/20l 1 Section II — �Instructions to Bidders 16 �LfCENSES, 'PERMITS, �ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3 The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 16.4 The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV — Technical Specifications and as defined in Section III — General Conditions. 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which aze equal with respect to price, quality, and service aze received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the awazd process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a cerEificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. (2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehab'ilita6on, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. (3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled _SectionII.doc Page 6 of 9 3/I4/2011 , I� � � ' , u ' ' �� ' ' � , ' , , �J , , ' ' ' ' ' i i � ' , , ' Section II — Inswctions to Bidders substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. (5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. (6) Make a good faith effort to .continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this section. I certify that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. 18 AWA�RD OF CONTRACT 18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. l 8.2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and expenence ot� �ubcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. T'he City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evatuation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and fmancial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 18.3 If the Contract is to be awazded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive ' Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. ' 18.4 Awazd of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awazded will be awazded to only one Contractor. ' 19 BID :PROTEST ' ' ' �� ' ' 19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or awazd of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the P.urchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this section. 19.2 PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request.for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the opening of �the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself. SectionII.doc Page 7 of 9 3/14/201 l Section II — Instructions to Bidders B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to awazd is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, which ever is eazlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwazded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific .portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the f ve (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to awazd, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5) work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he/she may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response hislher reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10) work days of receipt of the appeal. 19.3 PROTEST FEE: When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5% of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid. 19.4 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the awazd of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. _SectionIl.doc Page 8 of 9 3/14/2011 r-, �� JI ' ' ' ' , , ' � , ' , , , , , � ' ' ' 1 LI ' 1 � C� ' Section 'II — Instructions to Bidders 20 T�R�E�NCH SAFETY ACT 20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918-08) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration`s (OSHA} excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. 21 CONSTRUCTfON SITE �EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL �MANAGEME�NT �MEASURES 21.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Pollution Dischazge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectivety reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters. A. The control of construction-related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment • ..,.,.e_� ,��, .,�..� ±� F,.i-F�,.o ...�.�' 'b.. . ....t».... .:.......:.. , B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment control plan or similaz administrative document that contains erosion and sediment control provisions. ' ' NPDES Management Environmental Division Management Practices. References EPA website ' ' , ' � ' � SectionII.doc t Measures available at City of Clearwater EngineerinQ and EPA websites to help address construction-related Best Page 9 of 9 3/34/2011 ' ` - S`ECTION Iil GE�NE�RA�L CONDITIONS �, ' i � ' , ' , � � ' � , � , ' , Table of �Contents: 1 DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................................................1 2 PRELIMINARY MAT'1'ERS ........................................................................................... 5 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSUR.ANCE ............................ 5 2.2 COPIES OF DOCU1vIENTS ............................................................................................ 5 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIMF�/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THEPROJECT ................................................................................................................ 5 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUC'I'ION ..................................................................... 5 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE ........................................................................ 6 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS ............................:................................................................... 6 3 Q CONTRA,CT DOCUMENTS, INTENT ......................................................................... 7 3.1 INTENT ........................................................................................................................... 7 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES .................................................. 7 everi.e��:r�rv nFT.errr►c• CTTRCTTUti A!'T� ANTI DT7VCT!"�AT rn�7r.rrrYn,.r�. -_. -_ - __ _ =_ --�._:; <__�_�:_;.,:..:�:_: __�;.:_;.:_�. :..�.:..:,;,::.:.,� REFERENCEPOINTS .................................................................................:.................. 8 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS .......................................................:................................. 8 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS ............................................................................ 8 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES ..................................... 8 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS .................................................................................................... 9 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE ............................................................................................ 9 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND ............................... 9 5 . 2 IN SU RAN C E . . .. .... .. . . . . . . ...... . ... . . . . .. .. . . .. . . . . . . ... .. . .. . .. . .. . .... .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . : .. . . . ... .. . .. . . . . . . 9 5. 2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE ......................................................... 10 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITYAND PROPERTYDAMAGE COVERAGE ............................ 10 S. 2. 3 COMPREHENSIVE A UTOMOBILE LIABILITY ........:........................................... 11 5.3 WANER OF RIGHTS .................................................................................................. 12 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES .....................................................................12 6.1 SUPERVISIOIV AND SUPERIN'I'ENDENCE ............................................................. 12 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIP�MENT ............................................................... 13 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS .............................................................. 14 6.4 RESPONSIBILITY F'OR SiJBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS........ 14 6.5 USE OF PREMISES ...................................................................................................... 15 6. S.1 STAGING AREAS .................................................................................................... 1 S 6. 3. 2 RESTORATION TIME LIMI'I'S ................................................................................ I S 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES ................................... 16 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS ...................................................................................... 16 6.8 PERMITS ....................................................................................................................... �16 �6.9 SAFETYAND PROTBCTION ..................................................................................... 17 6.10 EIVIERGINCIES ............................................................................................................18 6.1 l DRAWINGS .................................................................................................................. 18 _SectionIII.doc i 7/26/2011 ' � ' ' ' ' ' ' ' � ' ' � ' ' � � ' ' 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW ........................ 18 6.�11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ............................................................................................ 19 6.11. 3 CAD STANDARDS .....................................................................................:............. 21 6.11.4 DELIIfERABLES :....................................................................................................23 6.12 CONTR.ACTOR'S GENER.AL WARR.ANTY AND GUARANTEE ........................... 23 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK ........................................................................................ 23 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION .................................................................................................... 23 6.15 CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION ......................................... 24 7 OTH�ER WORK .............................................................................................................. 24 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE ...................................................:.................................... 24 7.2 COORDINATION .........................................................................................................25 8 7 10 11 12 13 14 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 y.(i OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY ...................................................................................... 25 OWNER REPRESENTATiVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .............. 25 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE ................................................................................... 25 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS ........................................................ 25 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK ..........................................•---.......................... 26 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS .................................. 26 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES ......................................................................:................. 26 L1Mi�1�A11U1V5 U1V UW1V�K K�l'K�S�N'1'A'1'1VE'S KESYONSIBILITIES ............. 27 CHANGESIN THE WORK .......................................................................................... 27 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE ................................................................... 28 11.1 CHANGES IN 'I'HE CONTRACT PRICE ...................... .................... 28 ... .. 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADNSTMENT ....................... 30 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK ....................................................•----........................................... 30 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5 13.6 13.7 14.1 14.2 14.3 14.4 14.5 14.6 14.7 14.8 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME .................................................................... 30 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OFDEFECTIVE WORK ............................................................................................... 31 'I'ESTS AND 1NSPECTION .......................................................................................... 31 UNCOVERING THE WORK ....................................................................................... 32 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK ....................................... 32 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................ 33 WARR.ANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD ...................................................................... 33 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ................................................................... 33 OWNER MAY CORRBCT DEFECTIVE WORK ....................................................... 34 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ......................................... 34 APPLICATiON FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT ........................................................... 34 CONTRACTOR'S WARRAN'TY OF TiTLE ................:.............................................. 35 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ................................ 35 PARTIAL U'I'ILIZATION ....................................................:....................................... 36 F'INAL 1NSPECTION ..........................................................................................:........ 36 FINAL APPLiCATION FOR PAYMENT ................................................................... 37 FIIVAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE ................................................................... 37, WAiVEROF CLAIMS ................................................................................................. 38 _SeciionIII.doc � 7/26/2011 ' 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION .................................................... 38 � 15.1 OWNER MAY SLJSPEND THE WORK ...................................................................... 38 15.2 OWNER MAY "I'ERMINATE ...................................................................................:.. 38 ' 15.3 CONTR.ACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERNIINATE ........................................... 39 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION .............................................................................................. 40 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' , 17 MISCELLANEOUS ....................................................................................................... 40 17.1 i 7.2 17.3 17.4 17.5 17.6 17.7 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMBNT FORMS .....................................................:........... 40 GIVINGNOTICE .......................................................................................................... 40 NOTICEOF CLAIM ..................................................................................................... 40 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED ..................................... 41 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTR.ACT ................................................................................. 41 RENEWALOPTION ........................................................................................... 41 ROLL-OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS ................................................. 41 18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK .............................................................. 41 19 MATERIAL USED ......................................................................................................... 41 20 21 22 23 24 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ..................................... 41 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODPI OPTION ....................................................... 41 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION .......................... 42 22.1 GENERAL .....................................................................................................................42 22.2 EXAMPLE .....................................................................................................................42 PROJEC'f INFORMATION SIGNS ............................................................................ 43 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE ...............:............................................................................... 43 23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE ................................................. 43 23.3 FIXED SIGN ................................................................................................................. 43 23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS ...................................................................................................... 44 23.5 SIGN COLORING ......................................................................................................... 44 23.6 SIGN PLACE1v1ENT ..................................................................................................... 44 23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................ 44 23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN .........................................................:................................ 45 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................. 45 � SectionIII.doc ' � 0 7/26/2011 ' 1 ' � � �I �J � Section III — General Conditions 1 �DEF�INITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agent Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the CiTy. Agreement The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress or fmal payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. � Approve The word approve is detined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or .. .,� ,......._., ..,....... ..,.,,.,. ...:.1. .�.,, a..,.:.._. _�_,.__�.. _ ...t�t aL_ ._C_-"-_.I '.'.':::'.i:v�3 i 'i ":-'.._. � :.'vi:i. �._... __..... '_ "--'- •iaaaiv'v -. . ..�. . . b•••••••:•: r •uua :iiG 6ivJibii 'vvii'vv�iiu uiiu 'r'riiii iiia, iiiitiiiiitiiiivii �tv�.ti in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer ' to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. . Bid � The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. � Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, at�d the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued pnor to receipt of Bids). 1 Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instnunents of security. , ' ' , ' ' ' Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. Construction Inspector A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects Gity constrvction projects in order �to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of the Contract Documents. Construction Manager The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The Construction Manager assumes respons'ibility for the management of construction contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding _SectionIII.doc Page 1 of 46 7/26/2011 Section III — General Conditions contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's Representative during construction. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has �PPl1 1'Y1�l�P �1�/ +�P ilhl !1T rTPar�is�'�PT /11 1?C_ �ii�� 7ii?��r��so� r rurn�4ni��rn v"" c_s�_: ' . • . 'ec ' J '_" I " '<�� x�'�' :.' :'.. .��'J ��:�'..'�:..'.� '.'"" ... --r--�_--___. . Critical Path Method Construction Schedule—CPM A graphic format constnzction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. �. A calendaz day of twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the chazacter and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. F'or the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as � the Owner's Representative during construction. � Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent _SectionIll.doc Page 2 of 46 7/26201 l ,, , , I� � , � i � � � , L _J � , ' 1 � ' ' � ' � � L ' 'I � ' � , l. Section III — General Conditions professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. F.D. D. T S'pecifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). Furnish The words "furnish", "fumish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similaz meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service". Inspection - The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion.date or time prior to the final completion date. Notice to Proceed (NTP) ' A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. ' Owner , L� , � � ' ' The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Owner's Representative Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction. Person A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. Project The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. _SectionIII.doc ' Page 3 of 46 7/26/2011 Section III — General Conditions Partial Util ization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is =intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible :person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre-construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. Request for Information (RFI) , An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the Contractor to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the VVork. CT/J/�1T11�/fllANn Y:� J:�_......... Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereo fl which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so lhat the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. . Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. _SectionIII.doc Page 4 of 46 7/26/2011 1 , , � ' ' , � 1 � , , � � ' � � ' � 1 Section III — General Conditions L/nderground Facilities , AIl pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachrnents,.and a.ny encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, , ,gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage _removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or ' water. Unit Price Work , Work � ' , � � 1 ' � ' Work .to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be fiunished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or fumishing iabor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFlCATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to fumish by this contract. 2.2 COPfES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reprociuction. . 2.3 COMMENC�EME�NT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICf TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJE�CT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor 1 shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. ' ' , ;2.4 BE�FORE STARTING GONSTRUCTiON Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall cazefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable _SectionIIl.doc Page 5 of 46 7/26/2011 Section III — General Conditions f eld measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be iiable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any �time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTiON CONFERENCE Within twenty (20) days of Awazd of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Owner's Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. Typically, oversight of the project officially passes from the Engineering Department to the Construction Department at the preconstruction conference. In these cases, the preconstruction conference is run by the Construction Department and chaired by the City's Construction Manager. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the Preconstruction Conference a color Critical Path Method (CP1Vn Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at this conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also bring a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the preconstruction conference a completed Emergency Call List and a completed Authorized Signature List. The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the project disk that has all of the necessary data construction stakeout and as-built survey. � , ' , r, � � ' L � ' � � Contractor at the preconstruction conference a and survey control points for the purpose of � The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a Contractor evaluation package. This is for the purpose of rating the Contractor's performance for reference when considering future contracts and bid prequalification. 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS T�he Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a weekly, 'bi-weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a look-ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and a11 material test reports generated in the same time ,period. _SectionIII.doc Page 6 of 46 7/26/201 I � ' , , ' ' � Section III — GeneraI Conditions 3 GONTRACT DOCUMENTS, �INTENT � 3.1 1NTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor � concerning the Work. They may be altered only �by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of ' the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereo fl to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be infened from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or � from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well- known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials ' or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standazds, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, ' organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standazd specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be � otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any rafPranra�l ctanrlarr� enc>rifiratinn m m�ai nr rnrlo �a�i�Ptl,ar nr ,�nt c„P�;�11.. ..�.•n,�....��to.i 1.., _-•--_--•--�- �=-•--=----.:. .._.��___-.->__'__' ___?___� :_ " „_:_�:__ -' - ' ----- _. . -r , -_ ::_-, :r__:�:� """'.r�.��__ �� reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, ! shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's , Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and � enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. , 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, duririg the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, enor, ambiguity or , discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor � shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents 'has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General ' Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof � ' ' � _SectionIll.doc Page 7 of 46 7/26/201 I � 4 Section III — General Conditions AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYStCAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The Owner �shall fiunish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Cantract Documents. Contractor shall promptl� notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and fiunish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shovm or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data fiunished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Ovmer and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of. such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC IJTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the LOCAL 'PUBLIC �UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation. The LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. _SectionlII.doc Page 8 of 46 7/26/2011 , , 1 �� i ' ' � , , , , ' � �I ' , ' � ' , r 1 � � ' � Section iII — General Conditions 4.4 �REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be.responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be �responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regazding �the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade �have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be chazged at the rate of $I00.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments with a minimum chazge of one hour. �,-+ � 5.1 BONDS A�ND INSURANCE PERFOR�fii4�NCE ANl3 P�►Y�iEiVi �OiV�/CONYRACT BOND Contractor shaii fumish a Yerformance anci Yayment �3ond in an amount at least equal to the ' Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one yeaz after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws , and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as aze named in the current list of � "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an � agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified , to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any $ond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet � the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. ' � � , ' 5.2 INSURANCE Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's perforniance and furnishing of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or fwrnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or fiunish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under worker's compensation, disability benef ts and other similaz employee 'benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily _SectionIII.doc Page 9 of 46 �/�/201 � Section III — General Conditions injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for darnages .because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason; (v) Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by the Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with this pazagraph. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph to be purchased and maintained shall: (i) include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) Owner of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include completed operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal 1G11.lJGl'l lilllll �iL 1CAJl �liil`ly lt�tyJ j111V1 W11LLG1111U111:G 11�iJ UGGIl �1VG11 LV lilG llWI1GI-� arici i:�iii.rdciur and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplemental Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor as described in this pazagraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with Article for Conection of Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, shall remain in effect for at least two yeazs after final payment. Contractor shall furnish the Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to the Owner and any such additional insured, of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and telephone number of the authorized insurance agent for the Insurer. The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE Contract Awazd Amount Contract Awazd Amount Under $1,000,000. • $1,000,000. and Over (1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory (2) Employer's Liability $500,000. $1,400,000. 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE Comprehensive General Liability including Premise/Operations; Explosion, Collapse and Underground Property Damage; Products/Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual, Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities: _SectionIII.doc Page 10 of 46 7/26/20l 1 ' ' � 1 � � I � ' � , LJ ' , � � � ' ' ' C� ' r r C ' , ' Section III — General Conditions Contract Award Amount � Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury: $SU0,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual $1,U00,000. Annual Aggregate Aggregate. (2) Property Damage: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate Aggregate (3) Personal Injury, with $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual employment exclusion deleted Aggregate Aggregate 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMDBILE LIABILITY ' including all owned (private and others), hired_ and non-owned vehicles: ' ' ' � LJ C ' � ' � L� Contract Award Amount Contract Awazd Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury $500,000. Each Person $1,000,000. Each Person $500,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Accident (2) Property Damage $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence Receipt and acceptance by Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other similar document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages, which may be less than required by these Contract Documents. The Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors or others in the Work. Owner may at its option require a copy of the Contractor's Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document shall provide full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be accepted without prior approval from Owner. Longshore and Harb�or Worker's Comuensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932, requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self-insurer. For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7, 8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to secure the payment of compensation. _5ectionIIl.doc Page 11 of 46 7/26l201 l Section III — Gencral Conditions 5.3 WA'IVER OF RIGHTS The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies sha11 contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub-contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any poliey so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arisint out �f �r re�ultin¢ fr�m f Te �r �th�r »eril; whQthPr nr nnt inciirpri hv thP (1wnPr ant�; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after fmal payment. � .,,��• CONTRACTQRS RESPONSIBILITIES SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shaIl not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, mettiod, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on 'his person so he can be contacted whenever necessary. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed _SectionIII.doc Page 12 of 46 7/26/2011 ' r , ' , ' ,, , , � 1 L , � ' � ' ' � � ' � I ' ' ' ' , � ' ' (�J , , , ' , � , Section III — General Conditions from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chazgeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $60.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Gontractor shali at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without the Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equ�pment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the fumishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that aze improperly stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. A11 materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable , manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment to be incorporated into the WORK under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in the Contract Documents. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures. _Sectionill.doc Page 13 of 46 ' 7/26/201 I Section III — General Conditions 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or �equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an"or equal" item, it may be considered as a �proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or ... . .-. . . . � . ... . .. . , . . Gl.iLtQl 11G111 Wlll UZ dl l.Vllll'"ciGIUI`�5 C?i�G11JG. �11�111CCY WI�1 DC CL1jOWCU �L IC[ltiUI1dD1C 11IIiC LU evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this pazagraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. 6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or ind'uect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. . _SectionIII.doc �'Page 14 of 46 7/26/2011 ' ' � I ' ' � ' , r--� , ' , ' � ' , , , ' r � ' jl L � u �I lJ � , , �l ,--, J � � � ' Section III — General Conditions Contractor sha11 not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5 �US�E OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land azeas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land azeas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such ather party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify ,.�,] L,.7,7 L,.__._1_-- �_-�-__ r.�-�----• T`=: =�--._:.�'- ^-•-.:-..?:..�• -�---. ,. • _^�7_•_'- �----- uaa:i iiViu iluiiiiI�.:iJ ii'riiiGi� LiiSiiivC:i� a:1l�iiiC.C.1 J i.vliJUlLCUII cLLIU LL1GIl V1111:12i1J� LL11Gl:lV1J� employees and agents from and against all.claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indeznnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's�performance of the Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.5.1 STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. 6.5.2 �RESTORATION TIME LIMITS The timely restoration of all impacted azeas, especially right-of-ways, is very irnportant to the Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits aze imposed: � Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days. � • Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive calendaz days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. ' � -Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, however, this is never �to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. ' Sectiontll.doc , Page 15 of 46 7/26/2011 � Scction III — General Conditions • Sod must be restored with ten (10) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe ,pressute test. It must be watered for a period of thirty .(30) days after it is placed. �Erosion control and dust control of denuded azeas must be maintained at all times. If the project or a portion of it does not involve right-of ways, then a different schedule of sod restoration may be considered. 6.6 LIGENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages azising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident n • .� r r n �• • •.• r • iv iric ii�c iii I.11G �lG1 11/1 111 0.114G Vl U1G vvviit oi ic5iiiuug ii'viil uic iii�vi}iviaii0ii iii uic 'vrvi`it Ui �t[1y invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall . defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which aze applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of ihe Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, �it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings aze in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 11-02 shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeland Security E-Verify System to verify employment eligibility. 6.8 PE�RMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain construction permits from the City's Building Department and there will be no fees for this Building Permit and pay for licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all goverrunental chazges and inspection fees _SectionIII.doc Page 16 of 46 7/26/2011 ' � � ' , , � I� ' , ' ' ' , , r ' , , L ' ' ' 1 , -. � ' � , � , C� ' �..J , �-, �! � , , � Section III — General Conditions necessary for the .prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner shall pay all chazges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner of Clearwater Building Permit Fees will �be waived. � 6.9 SAffTY AND PROTECTION �Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, includin� trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or ---- � �� .�i:_ti i---�= �---- ,--+---� -� =--s.__.- i i;;--�---�-`� -.rr-��-- •- -- `'-- - :>e. ,-.c..�__ i-+_.. `---- ..__.. •.�-.:.: •.� :-- 111(ill.11(11J J11411 114�1r Vt.t.11 4LLLll[i�\.4 Vl llljl4l�.\i U�' l�.C�JVll Vl 1Qlltil�. Vll lllly �jQlt Vl LIlV 1iV111.1Q�rlV1 Vl any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recogriition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his�. employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout a11 phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where tlzere is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessazy precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from hazm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of LJnderground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, �removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or .part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by _SectionFII.doc Page l7 of 46 7/26/201 I Section III - General Conditions Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety arid for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer 'has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. 6.10 E�M�°RGENCI�ES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent :thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.11 DRAWINGS 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will L1 . __�aL _....__._a a_ ;;�•^--`;`;_- ;1�--=--' —'�- -----�r_ � ::.-.:.�5...__.:.-"-" � • ' . . ;.��...3.� __.. ..._._.._: :.�._ .�.._.. VV vV111�.i1MLV ♦�llll 1VJ�.%VVL �V {,'11GLL1�1�1VJ� tlllll\+11J1V11J� oYwiii�.0 Yc,iiviiiiain,c Qll(i �i�iJ1�J.j Ljj�CjjQ� materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer.to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specif ed performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similaz information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) a11 information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such vaziations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication sepazate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in A.rticle 2.5. The Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall �respond to each submittal within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor. _SectionIII.doc Page 18 of 46 7/26/2011 ' ' r , 1 i , ' ' , ,'I i � , ' ' , LJ , u � i ' , ' � l� ' � � 1 ' , 1 ' Section III — General Conditions Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whoie as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particulaz means method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required �by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of , submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for c�mplyin� with the req_uirements of paragrap�: above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backchazge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a number greater than twenty percent (20%) of the total number of first time submittals. Owner's Representative reserves ihe right to backchazge Contractor �for all third submittals. The number of first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed to by Engineer and Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiruig approval will be backchazged to Contractor at the rate of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due Contractor for Work completed. In the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be backcharged to Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor. 6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in good order � and legible condition to be continuously marked-up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and cleazly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, ' including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor sha11 record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not ' indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which aze revealed during the construction period. � ' � The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project. _ _SectionIII.doc Page 19 of 46 7/26/2011 Section III — General Conditions The As-Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As-Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up blueline prints do not conform to the "As-Built Drawings" requirements. As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As-Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As-Built Drawings. 6.11.2.1 General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS-BtJILT SURVEY" per chapter SJ-17.052, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As-Built Drawings and an AutoCAD file. SJ-17.U50 Deftnition: (1 D)("a) .4s-Buil! Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or ygrti_r,r�l �jm_v.ncinnnl ��t� sn thnt �nnrtr��rt�nl imnTnvvmvnt.c mm, hv jnrnto� nnri �nlinvntnrl• nlcn --•r- - • --•--•-•- •••-•• ---- --•--- ----- __.... know as Record Survey. � This survey shall be cleazly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As-Built Survey. 6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems l. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New sanitazy service connections and replaced sanitary service connections shall be dimensioned to the neazest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. �6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reciaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. _SectionIII.doc Page 20 of 46 7/26/2011 ' ' , , ' , ' ' � , ' , ' � ,i ! ' ' �_.J � � � ' ' � ' � �� , ' � , � � � � � � ' Section III — General Conditions 6.11.2.4 ,Electrical and Control Wiring The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as-built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, 1-line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. 6.11.2.5 Horizontal and Vertical Control The As-Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the Owner the dahun shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of ineasurement shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. 6.11.2.6 Standards The As-Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter SJ-17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that �e��iaiii iu iiiG a�-iiuiii �urvey i� i� ine requiremeni �i ine vwner io nave minimum ioeaiion points at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11..2.7 Other The As-Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. 6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS 6.11.3.1 Layec Naming 6.11.3.1.1 Prefixes and Suffixes DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix 6.11.3.1.2 GAS ELEC PHONE SectionIII.doc ar Naming Definitions: gas lines and appurtenances power lines and appurtenances telephone lines and appurtenances Page 21 of 46 7/26/2011 Section III — General Conditions CA�BLE cable TV lines and appurtenances . BOC curbs WALK sidewalk WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm iines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and agpurtenances FENCE a11 fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRNE driveways EOP � edge of pavement without curbs TR.AFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOPBANK top of bank TOESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOEBERM toe of berm , SEAWALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline of swale CORNER property comers, monumentation BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmazks Other layers may be created as required, using above format. 6.11.3.2 Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All iayers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. All text will use standazd AutoCAD fonts. � 6.11.3.3 Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0°, and a text height of .008 times the plot sca]e. _SectionlIl.doc Page 22 of 46 7/26/2011 � ' ' � � ' 1 ' ' . , , i � i , � � � ' ' � LJ � ' ' n J ' ' � ' ' ' � 1 ' ' � ' Section III — General Conditions Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.5°, and a text height of .010 times the plot scale. 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES: The as-built survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1"=20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver all drawing files in digital format. Acceptable file formats include: DWG, of a shape file. Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail address Thomas.Mahonv tr,mvClearwater.com. 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the chazge and caze of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising frozn the execution or non-execution of the Work. The Coniractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his owza expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of' the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appeaz within a period of two (2) years from the date of final acceptance". Contractor's warranty and guazantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Ovmer's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issua.nce of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. � 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Bngineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them firom and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of _SectionIll.doc Page 23 of 46 7/26/2011 Section III — GeneraI Conditions engineers, azchitects, attomeys and other professionals and all court or azbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, azising out of or resulting from the .performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itsel�, including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, ar anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regazdless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regazdless of the negligence of any such person. If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or Subcontractor by agreement or azbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on such account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, the Owner shall notify Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any such claim. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any C�_._�iS-" -- --" -- .7:�__al'- ^-5...�:_..._al'- ^�' t----� �--- --' -l.t._.�_ •_ -r--�-,. .C_.,..:_�. _ r ._.." ..� - - -"- ::- ` " vii�i�iii�.i� cua� i.i0i:iiiii iiii�.�ii� vi iiiiiiiG�,ii� �iii�ii'v��,u 'v� iaii� iii iiiGiii iv �lC:iiiiiiii v1 il.ifiii�ii Llliy i11 the work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this pazagraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub-contractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under this pazagraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers, directors, employees, or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. 6.15 CHANGES FN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in company contact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email addresses, etc. 7 OTHER WORK 7.1 �RELATED WORK AT SITE The City �reserves the right to have its ovm forces enter the construction site at any time and perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for these purposes. The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the Contractor's work or schedule. _SectionIII.doc Page 24 of 46 7/26/2011 ' � � � � ' �� ' � � ' ' � � � L _l �� ' ' � ' ' � 1 � , � ' � , ' � ' � � ' , , Section III — General Conditions 7.2 COORDINATION If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative. The Owner shall fumish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain insnections. tests. and annrovals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. ' ' - i s In. connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furriishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failwe to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 0 9.1 OWNER REPRESEIVTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Dependant of the project type, the Owner's Representativei during the construction period will either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.2 CLARIfICATIONS AND �INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer rnay determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract _SectionIII.doc Page 25 of 46 7/26/2011 Section III — General Conditions Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. 9.3 �:REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change v�iier5, �ee i'r�e ar�ic�es �� n�z�es ai 'v�'ori:, i OIliIaCT Y11CZ 311Q (,,pllll'aCI 11111C. Ill LVIlI1CCIlUI1 with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and fumishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this pazagraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless �wner's Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall suhmit any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in .accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor _SectionIII.doc Page 26 of 46 . 7/26/2011 ' � � � ' � � � I I �� u , � � l'� � , � �'� �� J � Section III — General Conditions to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision � and a formal proceeding is instituted'by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with app'licable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) � days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and Contractor. ' � , � � � � � , � � � � � When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESP.ONSIBILITIES Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this pazagraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance oi any authority or responsibiiiiy by Uwner's iZepresentative shali create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnislung or performance of the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instntctions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required, to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Ovmer may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work _SectionIII.dce Page 27 of 46 7/26/2011 Section III — General Conditions Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment .in the Contract Price or an adj ustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified� and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Owner's Representative covering: changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are ageed to by the parties; and changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11 CHANGES �IN THE CONTRACT P.RICE 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRlCE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustmerit in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by _SectionIII.doc Page 28 of 46 7/26/201 l � LJ � t � , � � , � � � � �J I � � � , � � � � � � , , � �,.� � � � LJ � Section III — General Conditions claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this pazagraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for directed changes in the WORK, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll cost, inctuding wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. 2. Materiats associated with the change, including sales, tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. 3. � Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used for the WORK. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the full-unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor-owned equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estirnated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand-by. 4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor or Subcontractor. A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (i5%) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If � work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5%), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10%). � � B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10%) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above. C. No mazkup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4. The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense. SectionIII.doc ' Page 29 of 46 7/26/2011 Section III — General Conditions 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an atnoiuit equal to the sum of the established unit nrice for each senarately identified item �f unit nric� work t;mP� the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work aze not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the �project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract �Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anficipated :by the Contractor �in his original bid. 12 CHANGES IN THE GONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of _SecrionIII.doc Page 30 of 46 7/26/20l 1 � � � � i i � � � � � � � � � � , � ' � Section III — General Conditions the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, 1 unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is � entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with , the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. , Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made , therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the ' � � LJ , Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the azticle for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractc�r. `�/^PiP "T'`iu�ivi iv „rPl7PT'fP� �Tiri1 "ily'1i111P+1�'1!f 7Tl/ TOl'� !�T u�P �^/l�T� Trl1��1T *^� �l�T*r?/�+ T1YMUt� t:av i vtitv.s riv�SSla Y.LSJ t:i4i �:� SV �i Vti1 SL3illt i11V L'L'tiLLi1�.'i S tltti:v' (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors perForming other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. � 13 TESTS AND INSPECTtONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANGE OF DEFECTiVE WORK � � � � L� � � 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all ins,pections, tests, or approvals required �by the Contract Documents. The costs for these inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereo fl specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and ohtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs �in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required _SectionIII.doc Page 31 of 46 7/26/20l t Section III — General Conditions certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. if any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. If Owner's Representative considers it necessar�� or advisable that covered Work be obsen�ed by Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at O��vner Representati��e's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the pazties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, �may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties aze unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work �is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to fumish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or inerease in Contract Price. _SectionIIl.doc Page 32 of 46 7/26/2011 t , C� � � � , � , ' ' � � � � � � � C� � � � � � , , � � ' � ��i � � � � � � ' Section III — General Conditions 13.4 CORRECTiON OR 'REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer or Ovmer's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD If within one yeaz after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the 'Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and aii ciaims, costs, iosses and damages causeci by or resuliing fi�om such removai and repiacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting there from) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this pazagraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of two (2) years after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and deternunation to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's Representative as �to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. if the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the Owner. _SectionIII.doc Page 33 of 46 7/26/201 I Section III — GeneraI Conditions 13.7 OWNER MAY CO'RRECT DEF.ECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if �Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site.or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which aze stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to �an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are wiable to agree as to the .amnt�nt th�r�nf thP QwnPr may Tn�l�� ?�lTim th�r�fc►r� �c nrc�yic��l in th� �rt,iGl� f�r �h2��e nf Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Ovmer of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION '�Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.735 and as described 'herein. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGR€S� PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work. completed as of the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including a11 materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than ten (10%) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all V�ork, including as-built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Contractor sha11 review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and work for which .payment �is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on-site SectionIII.doc Page 34 of 46 7/26/2011 � , � u ' , � � � , � � � � EJ � , � � ' � Section III — General Conditions mazked up as-built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract Documents. In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative 1 may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report , as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. � � ' � �� 1 � � � � � � i � 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guazantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, � workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, �uwcj ivvis, uiiu �ii Su�i�;;i3 ;;;iiu';`t;u i;i iit� iuru;erdr,�� oi "�e periormance vi ti1ls �,oiiila�i. Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish_ satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, dischazged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully dischazged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this .Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any � obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and process payihent by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment, unless the applicarion requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires review and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment will be paid by the Owner within twenty-five (25) business days. If an Application for payment is rejected, notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the reasons for refusing payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner. Owrier's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be _SectionIIl.doc Page 35 of 46 7/26/2011 Section 11I — General Conditions necessary in Owner Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i} the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Ovmer on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and dischazge of such Liens, (iii) there aze other items entitling the Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this pazagraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay in accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative or Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor conects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 'l�.� PARTlAL U�'!LlZA��ON TT-- �-- `�-- �-----� -• a-- �------�_ .t .. .c _ _ �. _.. • �� . r � r n ..� � � � �.��c uy Li1G V�V11GI 7St LI1G \iYrliGi 5 ��i�.u�� u; zuiy su�5tatiiidiiy c;�r�p;eieu par� �� u�� w:;rx wnicr, (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a sepazately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part of ttze Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor �will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect ttzereof and accessthereto. � 14.5 FINAL 1NSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Ovmer's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Ovmer and Contractor and will within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which _SectionIII.doc Page 36 of 46 7/26/201 I � �� , � � � � r � ' � � � � � � � , ' � � � Section III — General Conditions this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a final punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and assign a date for this work to be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list. Failure to include any corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. � 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 1 After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, As-built/Record Drawings, schedules, guazantees, Bonds, certificates or other � evidence of insurance required by the pazagraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as requued in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for ' progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, (ii) � consent of::the surety, if any or if necessazy, to final payment, and (iii} complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactorv to the Ownerl of all Liens arisine out of or filed in connection^with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by the ' Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i} the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness , connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may fumish a Bond or other collateral ' satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any Lien. .� Prior to apglication for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all � surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. � � ' � �� ' ' 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished ,as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and _SectionIII:doc Page 37 of 46 7/26/20l l Section III — General Conditions accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor`s other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Repr�sentative will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the •reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation aze appropriate as to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative. 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those previously made in �uriting and still unsettled. '15 �USPENSION OF W4RK AN� TER�tNATION 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Ovvn�er's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety {90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved: claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregazds Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregazds the authority of Owner's Representative; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. SectionIII.doc Page 38 of 46 �. r � ' i � ' � � � ' � , � � C � , 7/26/2011 ' ' ' :J � ' � Section 1II — General Condi6ons The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the serv�ices of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which aze stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the �unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds a11 claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by the Owner arising �out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the � difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any � rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, � affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then u}i�iu°.uii�.i u��.iu�. iaiJ i\.lLI1LiVi1 vi �iQ}Iilvlit Vi iitV11G�J UUG ��..V1iLitlLiili ' � , release Contractor from liability. the termination will not existing or which may Ujr ii1G V WilGi rtilll 1113i Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to ternunate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any iterns): for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair a�d reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services I and fumishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; � � � � � I � � �' for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINAT.E If, through, no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fai'ls for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to 'be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that t•ime, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner _SectionIIl.doc Page 39 of 46 7/262011 Section III — General Conditions payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not 'be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) day's written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article aze not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. 16 DISPUTE RESQLUTION If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall reauire a disnute to he ��ahmitt�ci t� hin�;na arbitrafion. `" 17 MISCELLANEOUS 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner. 17.2 GIVING NOTIGE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.3 :NOTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other pariy or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. _SectionIIl.doc Page 40 of 46 7/26/2011 � � L. J ' i � [I , � � � � � � .� � ' CJ ' ' �� , ' � � � ' � ' i � i li li � ' � ' � � Section III — Genera] Conditions 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS {NCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and chazges of engineers, azchitects, attomeys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2) years, upon ;mutual consent of both the Owner and the Contractor/Vendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals aze contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department. 17.7 RQLL-OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll-off containers and/or dumpsters for their disposal needs. For availability or pricing contact Mike Pryor at the City of Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, phone: (72'� 562-4923 or email: Michael.Pr�or(u�mvClearwater.com. 18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. 19 MATERIAL USED Ail material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFiCATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error oi discrepancy, as follows: IVlodifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications, Technical Specifications, Drawings. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. 21 OWNE°R DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION The Owner reserves the �right, when identified during the bidding process as part of the project's documents, to contract with the Contractor to purchase certain portions of materials identified in _SectionIII.doc Page 41 of 46 7/26/2011 Section III — General Conditions the project as a sales tax savings option in compliance with Florida Law since the Owner is exempt from payment of sales tax. The Contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment, which will be a part of the Contractor's work. The Owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials included in the Contractor's contract. The Owner purchasing of construction materials, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. Additionally, Purchase Orders will include Owner's Certificate of Exemption number. See SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTION for ODP items included in the Contract Docezments and the APPENDIX for ODP Documents. ' � � ' 22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION � 22.1 GENERAL 'The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500-foot radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service .disruption and/or colored water due to construction efForts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telenhnn� n,�mhPr; r�nha�.t�T'� r.nmrany t��„ (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable cazd stock and shall be a minimum of 4-'/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. 22.2 EXAMPLE CITY SEAL Of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'.S DATE: - / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVE1vIENCE e are the construction contractor performing (state rype of contract) for the City of Clearwater your azea. The work will �be .performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property. iis notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify pro,perty ✓ners of the pending start of construction. � � � � r, � � �� , � � � � , SectionIII.doc Page 42 of 46 7/26/2011 , ' ' II, � , ' � , ' 1 ' ' ' � ' ' i� � � 1 ' Section III — General Conditions (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right-of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We aze available to answer any questions any particular item that must be relc at (727) Construction is anticipated to begin on: _ you may have regarding the construction process or �ated. Please contact our Construction Manager . We will be more than happy to assist you. Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public fund'ing for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepaze and display public project information signs during the full .course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTION IV, ARTICLE l.l — SCOPE DESCRIPTION. � 23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SfGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be"fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. The particulaz wording to be used on the signs will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. 23.3 FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4-foot by. 6-foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2-inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4-inch by 4-inch (4"x4") below grade presswe treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as necessazy for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24-inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. _SectionIII.doc Page 43 of 46 7/26/2011 Section IIl — General Conditions 23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24-inches by 30-inches (24"x30") in size and will be attached to a standazd sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, U.080- inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. 23.5 SIGN COLO.RING Backgro.und shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's sun and waves logo. The color of the sun shall be pantone yellow; the wave shall be process blue; and the text shall be black. 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they aze readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right-of-way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside uf the Owner s right-of- way, the signs �vill be placed in the right-of-way. Portable si�ns are to h�; mnvP� t� thP ln�atinnc of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment. 23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be .cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. _SectionIII.doc Page 44 of 46 7/26l2011 , , � � ' � L_� C , ' ' � � i I ' � ' � ' , , � ' � �� i , ' ' L_� , ' Section III — General CondiGons 23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN ' 24 ' ' , ' ' � � �� PROJECT NAME (CUNTRACT NUMBER) �DEPARTMENT NA�VIE) PROJECT N CONTRACTOR: � COMPLETION DATE: r rn .c �. E "c .� N FUNDING: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: LL � � � �earw�ter U 2�—.i" J 4"x4" P.T. Post (Typ.) r AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE � ' It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written notice to proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 of these General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar .davs as determined in SECTION N, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTION. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Snndays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the SectionIII. doc Page 45 of 46 7/26/2011 Section III — General Conditions ' Contractor shall pay the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars , ($480.00) per each eight-hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of two (2) years from the date of � finalacceptance. ' SectionIII.doc Page 46 of 46 7/26/2011 _, � , � L 1 1 , � 1 , � , ' ' ' ' SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Contents: 1 SCOPE OF WORK ...........................................................................................................1 1.1 SCOPEDESCRIPTION ............................................................................................1-11 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST ...........................................................................12-13 2 FIELD ENGINEERING ................................................................................................14 2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR ............. 14 2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS ........................................................................... 14 2.1. 2 LAYOUT DATA ..................................................................................................... 14 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY ............................... 14 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS .............................................................................................14 4 5 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS ....................................................................................... 15 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS ......................................................................... 15 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK ..............................................................16 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK ........................................................16 6 CONCRETE ....................................................................................................................17 7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK ........................................18 7.1 EXCAVATION ..............................................................................................................18 7.2 FORMS ......................................................................................................................... 18 , 8 REINFORCEMENT .......................................................................................................18 � CJ � , ' � 1 � 8.1 BASIS OF PAY1vIENT ................................................................................................. 18 9 OBSTRUCTIONS ...........................................................................................................18 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT ..........................................................................................19 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS ................................................................19 12 DEWATERING ...............................................................................................................20 12.1 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................20 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................ 20 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL ................................................................................... 20 12.2. 2 GENERIC PERMTT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROMANYNON-CONTAMINATED SITEACTIVITY ........................... 20 13 SANITARY MANHOLES .............................................................................................. 23 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE .......................................................................................................... 23 13.2 PRECAST TYPE ..................................................................:....................................... 23 13. 2.1 MANHOLE ADJIISTMENT RINGS (GRADE ItINGS) ........................................ 24 133 DROP MANHOLES ..................................................................................................... 24 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS ............................................................................................ 24 SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx � 4/11/2011 ' � ' ' 13.5 13.6 14 15 : 16 16.1 MANHOLECOATINGS .............................................................................................. 25 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES ............................................................................. 26 BACKFILL...................................................................................................................... 26 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC . ....................................................................................... 26 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES................................................................................................................ 26 BASISOF PAYIVIENT ................................................................................................. 26 ' 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL ..................................................................... 26 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 27 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................,.......................-------------------------------- -- 27 �i ' , ' ' � 18 UNDERDRAINS ..............................................••••........................................................... 27 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .............................................:........................................ 27 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 27 19 STORM SEWERS .......................................................................................................... 28 19,1 AS BUILT 1NFORMATION .........................................................................................28 19.2 TESTING ......................................................................................................................28 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 29 20 SANITA.RY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS .............................................................. 29 20.1 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 29 20.1.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE .........................................................................•............. 29 20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ............................................................................................. 29 20.2 iNSTALLATION ..............................................:........................................................... 29 20. 2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE ...................................... ................................................. 29 20. 2. 2 FORCE MAIN PIPE .. .... ........ ...... .... . ......... ... ....... .............................. ... .. .............. 30 ...................................... 30 30 20.3 �AS BUILT DRAWINGS ...................................................... � 20.4 TESTING .............................................................. 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS ................ 20. 4.2 TESTING OF FORCE r1�4I1�'5 ...................... � 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT ......................................... 20. S.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE ............................... 2�_5.2 FnRC'F. 1U,4TN PIPF. r lJ ' LJ , � ........................................................ 30 ........................................................ 31 ........................................................ 31 ........................................................ 31 ........................ ......:............................... 31 21 DRAINAGE .............................................................................................:.......................31 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE .......................................................................... 31 22.1 BASE ............................................................................................................................ 31 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ................... 33 22.1. 2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ............................... 33 22.2 SUBGRADE ..............................................................................................:..................33 22. 2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMEIVT ............... :............................................................... 34 22. 2. 2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ..................:......................................................................... 34 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS ................................................................... 34 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ........................................................................................... 34 SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx ii 4l11/2011 ' ' ' � � i , , � ' � ' , ' ' ' � , , 23.1.1 AGGREGATE ........................................................................................................34 23.1.2 BITUMINOUSMATERIALS .................................................................................34 23.2 HOT BiTUMINOUS MIXTURES — PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITYASSURANCE ................................:........................................................... 34 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES ..::....................:........................................... 35 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS ............................... 35 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS .................................................... 36 23:6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION .............................................................. 36 23.6.1 CRACKS' ...............................................................................................................36 , 23.6.2 POTHOLES ...........................................................................................................37 23.7 ADNSTMENT OF MANHOLES ............................................................................... 37 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS ............................................................ 38 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE .................................................................... 38 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 39 23.11 BASIS OF PAY1vIENT ................................................................................................. 39 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE iTNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT .................................. 39 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................. 40 25.1 IRRIGATION ................................................................................................................ 40 25.1:1 DESCRIPTION ..................................................................�-�---..._.........................40 25.'1.2 PRUDUC,"75 ..........................................................................................................41 25.1. 3 F,.i'ECUTION ......................................................................................................... 46 25.2 LANDSCAPE ...............................................................................................................49 25. 2.1 GENERAL ............... ................. ..... .... .. .. .... .... .............................................. .. ........ 49 25.2.2 PRODUCTS ..........................................................................................................54 25.2.3 F..I'ECUTION .........................................................................................................58 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING ................................................... 65 26.1 '1NTENT ........................................................................................................................ 65 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ........................ 65 26.3 MAT'ERIALS ................................................................................................................ 65 2b.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION ................................................................... 66 26.5 TELEVISION 1NSPECTION ....................................................................................... 66 26.6 LINER 1NSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 67 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ..................................................................................... 67 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................... 67 26.9 PAYMENT ...........:.................... .................................................................................... 67 27 PLANT M�X DRIVEWAYS .....................................................................:..................... 68 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 68 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 68 28 � REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS ................................ 68 29 GONCRETE CURBS ..................................................................................................... 68 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 68 29.2 BASIS OF PAY1v1ENT ................................................................................................. 68 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS ......................................................... 69 SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx iii 4/11/201 l , ' ' 31 32 � 33 � �J I � ' , 1 � �J � ' ' , ' ' ' 30.1 CONCRE'TE SIDEWALKS ..:..........................................................:............................ 69 30.2 CONCRE'TE DRIVEWAYS .............................................................. ........................... 69 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 69 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 69 SODDING........................................................................................................................ 69 SEEDING......................................................................................................................... 70 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRi7CTURES................................................................................................................ 70 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES ................................................................................ 70 33.2 PRECAST TYPE .......................................................................................................... 71 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 71 34 MATERIAL USED ....................................».................................................................... 71 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ...................................... 71 36 STIi.EET SIGNS .............................................................................................................. 71 37 AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS .................................................. 72 37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING ................................ 72 7'7 �1 C�!"�TTTTTTT 71�T!'� !1T A TTTTl1�'T7TTTl1 TT.`/`�/�TT1T.Tl� ,J /.i. � Jl.riL'LVLIIVU Vi' t'itJLi'vi V iLJLC3 I`,Gl.VlZiliL�iU ................................................... /G 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS ....................................................................... 72 37.4 EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................... 72 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO ...................................................................... 72 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO ....................................................................... 73 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION ............................................................................................ 73 37.8 LIGHTING ................................................................................................................... 73 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL .........................:.......................................................................... 73 37.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX ................................................................................................... 73 37.11 -AREA OF COVERAGE ............................................................................................... 74 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES .............................................................�-------------------.. 74 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL ................................................................... 74 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS ...................:............................................. 74 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES ............................. 74 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS .................................... 74 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING 1v1EASURES ........................................................................ 74 38.5 SEDIMENTA'I'ION BASINS ......................................................................................: 75 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES ...................... 75 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS .................................................................... 75 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION ....................................................... 75 38.9 MAINTENANCE ......................................................................................................... 76 38:10 COMPLIANCE .............................................................,...............................................76 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING ................................................................. 80 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................... 80 41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES ................:................................................. ..................................... 81 SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx iv 4/11/2011 � 41.1 �C;VY� .............................................................................. ' 41.2 MATERIALS .................................................................... 41.2.1 GENERAL ................................................................ 41. 2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND F17TINGS ........................ ' 41.2.3 GATE VALVES ......................................................... 41.2. 4 YALVE BOXE$ ......................................................... 41.2. S ITYDRANTS . .............................................................. i41.2. 6 SERVICE SADDLES ................................................ 41.2. 7 TESTS, INSPECTIONAND REPAIRS ...................... � 41. 2. 8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS .................................... 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES ................................................, 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRAIV7'S .......................................... 41.3 CONSTRUCTION ........................................................... � 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING .........................................., 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING ........................................................... ' 41. 3. 3 SE7TING OF YALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINC 41.4 3 TESTSONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES ::::::::::::::::::. ' 41. 4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS .................. ........................... 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST .................................................... A 1 � (1TTTTT T�'l • TT/11 T �ii.J :J1�1[1L1LH1iVir ............................................................, 41. S.1 STERILIZING AGENT ....................... .....:................: , 41. 5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM ................................................ 41.5.3 STERILIZATIONPROCEDURE ..:........................... 41. 5. 4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS ............................... , 41 _ S. S BACTERIAL TESTS...' .............................................. 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ...............:............... ' 41. 6.1 GENERAL ................................................. ................ 41. 6.:2 FURNISHAND INSTALL WATER MAINS ............... 41. 6.3 FURNISHAND INSTALL FITTINGS ....................... , �I � � � , ' , .......................................... 81 .......................................... 81 .......................................... 81 .......................................... 81 .......................................... 83 .......................................... 84 .......................................... 84 ......... ................:................ &S , ......................................... 85 . ..................................:..... 86 ......................................... 86 ......................................... 86 .......................................... 86 ......................................... 86 ......................................... 87 � ......................................... 88 ......................................... 89 ,.... ..................................... 89 ......................................... 89 ......................................... 89 , ......................................... yli ................................. .... 90 ......................................... 90 ......................................... 90 ......................................... 90 ......................................... 90 ......................................... 91 ..:...................................... 91 ......................................... 91 ......................................... 91 •�•�• • a�a��✓ ++��..ra�a✓u v�i+✓ illaii uy VVl�a1 LL1L /Illl♦ IJVL1lJUill�%1 COVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 41: 6.5 FURNISHAND INST.4LL FIRE HYDR4R�TS ..........:.........:.................................. 92 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS ..........:................................................................... 92 43 TE1�Tl�TIS COURTS .......................................................................................................... 92 43.1 PAVED TEI�INIS COURTS ................:.............................. ........................................... 92 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS ............................................................................................. 92 43.1.2 BASE COURSE ..................................................................................................... 93 43.1. 3 PRIME COAT ...................... ... ... . ....... .... .. ...... .............. ... . .........:............... .. .... .. .... 93 43.1. 4 LEVELING CO URSE . .......... ........................... ...... .. ............... ... ........ .......... ....... ... 93 43.1. S SURFACE COURSE ............................................................................................. 93 43.1. 6 COLOR COAT ...................................................................................................... 93 43:2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS ............................................................................................ 95 43.2.1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................95 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION .........................................................'................................... 96 43.2.3 SLOPE ...................................................................................................................96 43. 2. 4 BASE CONSTR UCTION .. ... .. .... ..................................... .. ........ .... .... ................. ... . 97 SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx v 4/11/2011 ' i r � ' ' 4 � , ' � � 4 � , � 4 � ' , ' ' 43. 2. 5 PERTMETER C URBING ............................... .............. ........... ............................ ... 97 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE ............................................................................................. 97 43. 2. 7 IZOOT BARRIER ................................................................................................... 97 , 43. 2.8 FENCING ............................................................................................................. 98 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS ...................................................................................................• 98 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMEN7' .......................................................................................... 43. 2.11 SHADE STR UCTURE ......................................................................................... 100 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) ................................................................................ 1 DO 43.2.13 CONCRETE ........................................................................................................100 43. 2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING .............................................. 100 43. 2.1 S WATER COOLER ................................................................................................ 101 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION ......:.....................................................................................101 43.2.17 WARRANTY .........................................................................................................101 4 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL .......................................................................102 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ....... 102 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ............................................................ 102 44. 2.1 WORK ZONE SAFE7Y ....................................................................................... 102 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES ..................................................................... 103 44.3:1 ALL ROADWAYS ................................................................................................. 103 AA 1 7 y�L1✓V D�� D� vi�ZL�� 1 uiirVtl �Y 1L 1 L1t1i1LJ� Lvl.nL In,VLLl'.ln. VRJ ............... L VJ T'i. .l�..:. 44. 3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ,4RTERL4LS ....................................................... 103 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS .......................................................................................••-- 104 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ................................. 104 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION .................. 104 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ........................................... 104 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR.......... 144 5 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING ............................................................................105 45.1 'iNTENT ......... .........................................................................................................105 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ...................... 105 45.3 MATERIALS ......................................••-.................................................................... 105 45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION ................................................................. 106 45.5 T'ELEVISION INSPECTION ..................................................................................... 146 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION ........................................................................................... 106 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ................................................................................... 106 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ..................................................................................... 107 45.9 PAYMENT ..................................................................................................................107 6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING ...................................107 46.1 MATERIALS .............................................................................................................. 107 46.1.1 PIPE AND FI77'INGS ......................................................................................... 107 46.1.2 QUALITY C01V7'ROL ......................................................................................... 107 46.1.3 SAMPLES ............................................................................................................108 46.1.4 REJECTION ........................................................................................................108 46.2 PI'PB DIMENSIONS ................................................................................................... 108 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES ............................................................................... 108 46. 3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE ... ... .. ...................... ... ... ....... ...... ........... ............................. 108 46. 3. 2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS .. ... ................................ ............................. 108 SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx vi 4/I I/2011 � � � � ' � 4 � 4 ' � � � � � 4 � � , , 46.3.3 PIPE JOINING ................................................................................................... 108 46. 3. 4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE ........................................................................... 109 46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE ...................................................................................... 109 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTSAND DIMENSIONS .................................................... 109 46.4. 2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION ......................................................................... 109 46. 4. 3 INSERTION SHAFT AND E.YCAYATIONS ........................................................ 109 46.4:4 INSERTION OF THE LINER .............................................................................. 109 46. 4. 5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES ................ .. ... ...................... .... .....................:110 46. 4. 6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQ UIRED ..... ..........................................110 46. 4. 7 BACKFILLING .............................................. .... ........ ........................ ..................110 46. 4. 8 POINT REPAIR ....................................................................................................111 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS ..................................................................................111 7 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE .....................111 47.1 SGOPE .................................................•--••-..................................................................111 47.2 MA'TERIALS .........................................................................:.....................................111 47.3 PIPE .............................................................................................................................111 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM .....................................................................................................111 47.5 FITTINGS ....................................................................................................................111 8 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS .......................................................................................112 48.1 PRESSURE 1NJECTED GROUT ...............................................................................112 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GLTNITE ................112 48.3 COMPOSITION .........................................................................................:................112 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................112 48.5 MATERIALS ...............................................................................................................112 48.6 WATER ............................................................:...........................................................113 48.7 REINFORCEMENT ....................................................................................................113 48.8 STORAGE OF MA'TERIALS ...............:......................................................................113 48.9 . SURFACE PREPARATION ........................................................................................113 48.10 'PROPORTIONING ......................................................................................................114 48.11 MIXING .......................................................................................................................114 48.12 APPLICATION ...............:............................................................................................114 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ........................................................................................115 48.14 SURFACE FINISH ......................................................................................................115 48.15 CURING ......................................................................................................................115 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION ....................................................................115 48.17 INSPEC'TION ..............................................................................................................116 48.18 EQUIPIVIENT .............:................................................................................................116 9 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION ..........................117 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT ..............................................................................................:.117 49.2 PAYMENT .............................................................:.................................:...................117 49.3 FIBERGLASS I.INER PRODUCTS ........................................................................... 49.3.1 MATERIALS ......................................................................................................... i17 49.3.2 INSTALLATIONAND EXECUTION ...................................................................118 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM ...............................................118 49.4.1 MA?'ERIALS .........................................................................................................119 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL .......................................................................................119 SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx vii 4/11/2011 � ��i �� J' j �� ' �' u ' ' ' � � � � �!, � � � , � t 49.6 GROU'TIl�iG MIX ........................................................................................................119 49.7 L1NER MIX ..........................................................................................................:......119 49.8 WATER ....................................................................................................................... 120 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS ................................................................................................ 120 49.10 EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................. 120 49.11 INSTALLA'TION AND EXECUTION ....................................................................... 121 49.11.1 PREPARATION .........................................................................:.........................121 49.11.2 MIXING ...............................................................................................................121 49.11. 3 SPRAYING ..... ............. .. ....... ................................. .......................... ... ................. 121 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING ......................................................................................... 122 49.11.5 CURING .....................................................................:........................................ i22 49.11. 6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE ...................................................... 122 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM ....... 122 49.12.1 SCOPE ................................................................................................................122 49.12.2 MA7'ERIALS ........................................................................................................123 49.12.3 INSTALLATIONAND EXECUTION .................................................................. 1 ZS 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS ..........................................................................127 51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM ............................................................127 51.1 SCOPE ...................................................................:...................................................127 51.Z "SURFACE PREPARATIONS ..................................................................................... 128 51.2.1 ASPHALT ............................................................................................................128 51.2.2 CONCRETE ........................................................................................................ 128 51.2.3 COURTPATCHBINDER MIX .........................:................................................. 128 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT ......................................................... 128 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE .......................................................... 128 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION .................................................................................... 129 51.6 PLAYING LINES ....................................................................................................... 129 51.7 'GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 129 52.8 �LIMITATIONS ................................... ......................................................................... 129 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION .........................130 53 GABIONSAND MATTRESSES .................................................................................130 53.1 MATERIAL ................................................................................................................ 130 53.1.1 GABIONAND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL .................................................. 130 53.1.2 GABIONAND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL : ...............................:.............. 132 53.1.3 MA7TRESS WIRE ............................................................................................... 133 53.1.4 GEOTF.�YTILE FABRIC ....................................................................................... 133 53.2 PERFORMANCE .......................................:...............................................................133 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS ..........................................................134 54.1 SCOPE ................................................................ ....................................................134 .... � �54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK ........................................................................................ 134 54.3 WORK ME'I'HODS ................................................................... ............................. 135 .... 54. 3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHED ULING . ... .... ............ ...... ................... ... ...................... . 135 54. 3. 2 D t17'IES PER SER VICE VISIT ...... .. .. .............. ..... ...... ................ ............ ... ......... 13S 54.4 LITTER ..............................................................:........................................................135 54.5 VISUAL CHECK ....................................................................................................... 135 SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx viii 4/11/201 I � '�� J i � � � � � � � � 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING ......................:................................:.. 135 54.7 PHOEIVIX SPECIES (CANARY DAT'E, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.)..... 135 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL .................................................................................................. 136 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL ................................................................................................ 136 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY ............................................................................................ 136 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION .......................................................................................... 136 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA ......................................................... 136 54.13 MiJLCH CONDITION ............................................................................................... 136 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR .................................................................... 136 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL ..............................:...................... 137 54.16 PALM FER'I'ILIZA'TION ............................................................................................ 137 54.17 FREEZE PRO'I'ECTION ............................................................................................ 137 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE ................................................................................................. 137 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK ....................................................................................... 137 54.20 INSPEC'TION AND APPROVAL ........................................:..................................... 137 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................... 138 55 MILI;ING OPERATIONS ...........................................................................................138 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE ...................................... 138 55.2 ADUT'1'IUNAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS .......................................................... 138 CC Z .VAL V�AIr.JLCA1DLi: A ia 11iiLLaZLr.3 " ................... j.�% J ✓ . J ............................................................ 55:4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS ..................................................................................... 139 55.5 ADNSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROLTND UTILITIES .................. 139 55.6 ADNSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES ............................................................ 140 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING ................................................................................................ 140 55.8 MILLING OF 1NTERSECTIONS .....:........................................................................ 140 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 140 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 140 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING ...................................................................................140 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...............:.................................................................... 141 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ..............................................................................:................ 141 57 � 57.1 57.2 � 58 58.1 � 58.2 59 � � � L� 59.1 RIPRAP............................................................................ .........................................141 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .............................:...................................................... 141 BASISOF PAYMENT ...................:........................................................................... 141 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY ................................................................................141 HAZARDPOTENTIAL ............................................................................................. 141 REQUIRED COIVTRACTOR TRAINING ................................................................ 142 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ...........................................142 BASIS OF MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT .................................................•--... 142 60 SIGNING AND MARKING .........................................................................................142 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT ..................................................._.. 14� 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING ..............................................................................................143 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 143 SectionIV docx Revised (2).dcex ix 4/11/2011 � b2 TREE PROT'ECTION ..................................................................................................143 � 62.1 TREE BARRICADES ................................................................................................ 143 62.2 ROOT PRUNING ....................................................................................................... 144 � 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING ........................................................................................ 145 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES ..............................................................................................146 �� 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN ............................................................................................... 146 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES ..................................................................... 146 b3.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE ....................................................... 146 � 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS ........................................................................................... 146 63.5 IN'1'ERACTIVE FORMS ........................................................................................... 146 63.6 POSTING ....................................................................................................................146 � 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDA'I'ES ............................................................................................ 147 64 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE ......................................................147 64.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS ........................................................................................... 147 i 64.2 REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES .............................................147 � �� !J � � SectionN docx Revised 2.dcex x �) � ❑fllf��I f I � � 1 1.1 � � � � I u � � � � � � � � � � LJ Section IV — Technical Specifications SCOPE OF WORK SCOPE DESC�RIPTION Project Name: Nort6 Greenwood Aquatic Center & Clearwater Beach Family Aquatic Center Pool Resurfacing PROJECT NO.: 08-0020-PR (B) Scope of Work: 1. SCOPE OF WORK a. PROJECT TITLE: North Greenwood Aquatic Center & Clearwater Beach Family Aquatic Center - Poot Resurfacing, Project No. 08-0020-PR (B) b. North Greenwood Aquatic Center — 900 N. Martin Luther King, Jr. Avenue, Clearwater, FL — Resurface lap/diving pool, plunge pool for slide, activity/training pool and 2 filter tanks. c. Clearwater Beach Family Aquatic Center — 69 Bay Esplande, Cleazwater, FL — Resurface lap/activity pool and filter tank. d. The Contractor shall begin resurfacing pool work on Clearwater Beach Family Aquatic Center upon notice to proceed first and follow up on North Greenwood Aquatic Center. Pool at Clearwater Beach Family Aquatic Center opens for Spring Break and would like this pool completed February 2012. e. CONTRACT PERIOD: 90 CONSECL'TNE CAL�NDAR DAYS FROM NOTICE TO PROCEED f. North Greenwood Recreation Center will be programmed during the construction of the h. �. k. 1. m. expansion & renovation of buildings and the general Contractor and his sub Contractors shall provide all Safety Measures to Ensure Safety and Welfaze of the Public, Park & Recreation staff during the construction of this project. No SWFWMD permit is required. Any items not included in the listed bill of quantities of the contract documents for the North Greenwood Recreation Center & Clearwater Beach Family Aquatic Center Resurfacing project shall have been included cost for those items somewhere in the pricing of the General Contractor proposal to construct this facility. No additional funds will be provided by the Owner for missed items by the General Contractor or his sub-Contractors to implement this project. All discrepancies between the construction plans and the technical specifications shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer and the Owner for clarification in writing prior to the General Contractor in suhmitting his bid for this project. After award of the contract discrepancies brought to the attention to the Owner or Architect the most stringent of the discrepancy shall be utilized in the implementation of the North Greenwood Aquatic Center & Clearwater Beach Family Aquatic Center Resurfacing Pools and no additional compensation will be provided by the Owner. , The Contractor will be required to restore any disrupted areas of the within the limits of work area and any disturbed areas outside of the limits of work areas by the General Contractor of this project. Video and photographs of the existing conditions is recommended prior io the Contractor mobilizing on to the site. The Owner will provide electricity and water for construction of this project. The Contractor will be required to provide sanitation for his employees and sub-contractor during the construction period of this project and will not be allow utilize Owner facilities. The successful bidder shall be required to provide a detailed schedule of value for his awarded contact amount submitted at the pre-construction meeting. This schedule of value shall be utilized as the basis of his application of payment for the project. The Contractor shall utilize the standard AIA form in making his application for payment on or prior to the 25�' of every month. This application shall be submitted to the Architect for his review and approval prior to forwarding on to the Owner for payment The payment request shall be accompanied with a lean wavier with each payment. Upon final payment request the Contractor shall provide with his invoice the certificate of fmal SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 1 of 139 4/I 1/2011 Section IV — Technical Specifications payment. The Contractor shall place the note `Invoice Due Upon ReceipY on his payment application. n. The Contractor shall be required •to update `As-Built deviations from the contract drawings. These deviations from the conVact drawings shall be recorded on a set of clean plans and mark in red ink as this changes occur during the project. A list shall be developed in conjunction with the recorded information on the drawing, shall be numbered sequentially as they occur, a date when the deviation occurred. The "As-builY' drawings will be reviewed at the same time the request for payment is submitted for payment. o. The Contractor shall be required to provide a third party geo-testing lab for testing of materials and original report shall be provided to the Owner, copies of report provided to the Engineer. Number of copies will be determined at the pre-construction meeting. p. The successful bidder shall be required to provide a detailed construction schedule outlining all work of minor and major milestones for the project, show long lead items of materials delivery. This schedule shall be updated at each progress meeting. This schedule shall also be provided at the pre- cons�ruction meeting as well as a list of sub-contractors with contact person, addresses, telephone%elUfax numbers, and e-mail addresses. q. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the company's safety and humcane procedures for this project at the pre-construction meeting. r. The successful bidder shall be required to provide a list of shop drawings as well as list of material submittals for review by the Engineer, this list shall be provided at the pre-construction meeting for approval by the Engineer as the required sahmitkal list for the project_ s. The Owner will require 3 copies of the each shop drawing, material submittal and shall be maintained by ihe Convacior in separate fiie boxes by specitication sections in file folders clearly marked item contained in the file folder. These documents shall be tum over to the Owner at the completion of the project as part of the close out materials. Also include a list of sub-contractors, material vendors and clearly identify as to discipline with contact information such as contact person, addresses, telephone%elUfax numbers, and e-mail addresses. t. Submittals shall be sent directly to the Engineer for his review and one copy sent to the Owner project manager for review at the same time they are sent to the Engineer. Total number of submittals will be determined at the pre-construction meeting. u. Progress mee2ing will be required during the duration of the project and shal) be every two weeks and dates shall be determined at the pre-conshvction meeting. v. The pool contactor shall contact City of Clearwater Solid Waste for roll off in disposal of waste from this project. w. The pool Contractor for resurfacing of the pools at the North Greenwood Aquatic Center & Clearwater Beach Family Aquatic Center shall review the Florida Building Code Chapter 64E-9 Public Swimming Pools And Bathing Places. The Contractors resurfacing lap/diving pool; plunge pool, training/activity pool & lap/activity pool shall meet the minimum pool requirements as stated in the Florida Building Code Chapter 64E-9 Public Swimming Pools And Bathing Places prior to actual placement of the resurfacing project. The pool Contractor shall note items not shown on the drawings or in this scope of work does not constitute the pool Contractor to not perform �the pool resurfacing and required work as based in Florida Building Code Chapter 64E-9 Public Swimming Pools And Bathing Places. x. The Owner will :provide chemicals, and water for refilling the pools the Contractor will be required to provide the necessary equipment �to refill the pool from a fire hydrant with a meter installed the Water Department: y. Pool Contractor is required to balance pool chemical for 5 days prior to inspection by the Pinellas County I-Iealth Department turnover of the project to the Owner. The Owner will provide all chemicals for this balancing procedure. z. The pool Contractor is required to obtain final inspection and pool operation from Pinellas County Health Departrnent prior to close out of the project. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 2 of 139 4/l 1/2011 � � L � � � � � � eJ � LJ � � � CJ � � � � � � � � � � � �J � � , � LJ aa. bb. cc. Section N — Technical Specifications The Contractor shall police the site of any construction debris and provide a trash can for his employees on a daily meals and breaks at the job site. In no case shall trash from meals or breaks left on the construction site at the end of the day's work. The existing pool deck shall be protected during the construction of the project any damages to the surfaces shall be the Contractor responsibility to repair or replace at his expense and no compensation will be provided by the Owner. The Contractor shall protect the all existing tiles of the pool, lane rope equipment, handrails, dive marker, depth marker, pool ret�rns, gutter drains, vacuum intake diving boazd, pool equipment anchors, etc... are not to be disturbed during the pool resurfacing process of the pools. Any damages these items shall be replaced by the pool Contractor at his expense and no additional compensation will be provided by the Owner. 2. DEMOLTITON OF POOL a. Locate dewater system and connect pumping system and start up pumps prior to draining pool. � b. Remove pool plugs in main drains of pools prior to draining pool c. Drain pool and dewater refer to specifications d. Sound out pool — check for hollow spots and remove all hollow spots as necessary coordinate this work with the Pool Engineer Certificate of Authorization # 27934 - Sam Liberatore — Gardner Collins Engineering P. A. — 12b8 Rogers Street, Clearwater, FL — phone 727-442-8443 — fax 727-442-6988 e-mail � collinsnverizon.net e. Sandblast pool. 3. PLUMBING CHECK a. Pressure test plumbing b. Repair leaks as needed (cost not included in base bid, any plumbing repairs net to be proved by the Owner. 4. TILE AND COPING INSTALLATION a. Rebuilding steps and step tiles. 5. POOL PREPARATION SERVICE a. Bond coat interior surface of pool gntter �b. Clean substrate remove loose plaster and contaminates c. Install bond coat PermaKote manufacture CL Industries per manufactures specifications No Substitution Allowed. 6. POOL RESURFACING a. Install exposed aggregate Krystalkrete (Krystal Blue) manufacture CL Industries pool finish per manufacture specifications - No Substitution Allowed. B. �" Bidd'ers and all Sub-Contractors shall have the following quaGfications: 2. It is mandatory that Contractors bidding as prime Contractors on pool construction projects for the City of Clearwater — Parks & Recreation Department be currently qua6fied on the date of opening of bids as a COMII�RCIAL POOL Contractor by providing a copy of their Contractor's license, a business license for this type of work, and a proof of at least 5 PROJECTS IN SIlVIILAR �IZE AND (5, years experience in COMIV�RCIAL POOL CONSTRUCTION with bonding the project of $200,000.00 from a surety compaay. Pr� quali5cation form is attached at the end of Section IV. 2. Sub-Contractors shall be licensed within their respective trade. 3. The bidders for the projects shall, within ten (101 business da�(tw�� weeks prior of the bid o enin fumish documentation of the following: SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx Page 3 of 139 4/I 1/201 I � Section IV — Technical Specifications a. That this firm will be using currently certified sub-Contractors by holding an unexpired certificate issued by the Florida Construction industry Licensing Board in accordance with Chapter 489, Part 1, Licensing of Construction Industry, Florida Statutes, as evidenced by a copy of their applicable licenses; b. If a corporation, these sub-contractors must hold a currently active Florida Corporation Charter Number in accordance with Chapter 607, Florida Statutes. c. That this firm .presently maintains a permanent bona fide place of business in Florida, practicing this type of work and has the appropriate experience. d. That this firm has available, or can obtain, adequate personnel, equipment and financial resources to undertake and execute the contract properly and expeditiously, in accordance with the plans and specifications, and in strict accord with recognized standard of quality workmanship; e. That this firm has a workable construction schedule with reference to number of manpower to be supplied, expected materials delivery dates, and construction techniques if necessary; f. That this firm has a list of intended sub-contractors, with license numbers, and materials suppliers, including alternates which shall be subject for review and approval by the Owner. C. The length of the contract shall be for (90) calendaz days from the date of the Notice to Proceed. This includes the installation and the ordering of the materials and products specified herein. This time stipulation is very explicit and is essential to the completion of the w�rk specified. U. i he pazties agree fi:hai it is impossibie io cieiermine acival damages resulting trom tailure to rinish the work on time and therefore the Contractor agrees to pay the Owner, as liquidated damages, and not as penalty, a rate of $1,000 dollars per day for each and every calendaz day elapsing between the time set forth in this section as modified by change order, construction change directive, or Contractor's Agreement, and the actual date of substantial completion. All "punch list" items shall be completed to Owner's satisfaction within (IS) working days after which the liquidated damages shall be reinstated until final completion. E. The Special Conditions for this project are as follows: 1:1 QUALIFICATIONS OF TAE BIDDERS A. Bidder: Any individual, firm, partnership, or corporation submitting a proposal for the specified work. B. The Bidder shall hold all active licenses specified in Section 1.1, Scope of Work, prior to bid due date. C. The Bidder shall have work experience doing the specified work for a period of at least twenty-four (24) months unless otherwise specified in Section 1.1, Scope of Work, prior to xhe bid due date. D. The Bidder shall have done business under the same legal entity for a period of at least twenty-four (24) continuous •months, unless otherwise specified in Section 1.1, Scope of Work, prior to the bid due date. E. The Bidder shall have a.place of business for contact by the Owner during normal working �hours on normal working days. Home operated businesses are permitted provided contact can be made as specified. F. Sub�ontractors used by the Bidder are subject to review by the Owner. If the Owner has a good and sufficient reason, the Sub-contractor may be rejected, requiring an altemate Sub- contractor be used without additional cost to the Owner. 7. DRAINING THE POOL a: Contractor shall drain the pool and shall provide dewatering equipment necessary to keep the pool dry during the work. A cross connection between the deep drain of the pool and the gravel bed SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 4 of 139 4/11/2011 �J � � � � � � � � � � � LJ � � LJ � � I � � � � � � �I � � � � � � Section N — Technical Specifications beneath the pool shall be maintained in an open condition while the pool is empty to allow a free flow of any ground water present in the pooL b. Disposition of pool water, and subsequently ground water, shall be the existing wastewater piping. If not available, than to the nearest storm sewer. c. Particular care must be taken by the Contractor to keep the hydrostats open and free flowing. It is suggested that the return lines to the filters be closed with pneumatic or plumber's plugs while work is underway. A 4 or 5 inch wood barrier should properly be built around each drain to keep stray solids from washing into the main drain boxes and plugging the cross connection to the under-pool rock sump. These would include material such as blasting sand, concrete buts and shards, excess mortar or pool finish from rainfall or manual washing out of the pool. This could also include laitance washed from the finished plaster to expose the fine aggregates in the mix. d. Discharge from the dewatering pump(s) must be constantly monitored for the presence of sand. If any sand is present in the discharge, at pumping must stop AT ONCE. The pool will then be dewatered in another fashion, preferably by well pointing. e. The Pool Contractor shall inspect all pools equipment with Pool Engineer & Owner prior to beginning any demolition and sounding of pool; photograph and video of each of the following equipment; main tloor drains, tloor returns, sidewall returns, vacuum, rope line anchors, gutter gravity drains, step handrails and anchors, pool ladders and anchors, pool depth markers, pool no diving markers, pool gutter tiles, pool gutter bull nose tiles, lap lane marker tiles on side of pool walls, lap lane tiles at bottom of pool; determine & document their conditions; at this point of the project the condations of the pool eqeaipment sh�ll be -��.: determined if any pool equipment replacement is necessary with Pool Engineer and Ovrner marizea on tt�e �rawings as repiacement necessary. 'i'bese will be paid �rom allowance provided based on unit pricing to an upset amount and up set amount shall not exceed tbe allowance amount provided. Any equipment not required replacement shall also be indicated on the plans. The plans shaU be sigoed by the Pool Contractor, Pool Engineer & Owner as to the conditions of the pool equipment and equipment requiring replacement prior to demolition process begins. From this point forward to completion of the project the Contractor shall be responsible protecting all pool equipment from damage during t6e pool resurfacing. Any damage of the pool equipment shall be the responsibility !or replacement at his expense and no additional funds will be provided by t6e Pool Engineer or Owner. .,�� -w 8. SOUNDING THE EXISTING PLASTER a. Existing plaster should be checked for bond to the previous surface or to the concrete shell, it should be sounded on both the floor and walls of both pools. This can most easily be done by passing a laz�e key ring (or handful of steel washers strung on a light chain) over the surface of the plaster after the pools are drained. Unbonded areas will have a"hollow" sound as the keys pass across the surface of the plaster. b. If sounding of the plaster reveals that there are spots larger than one square foot in area which is not bonded, the loose plaster must be marked and removed. c. Voids where the existing pool finish has been removed and a single application of new pool finish will not be suffcient to bring the surface to a uniform plane, (more than a half or five eights in thickness) should be filled with a cemend sand stucco mix of one .part Portland Cement to two parts builders sand containing sufficient fire clay or synthetic .plasticizer to insure good work ability. Before application of this parge material, the surface to be patched will be maintained in a damp condition for several hours prior to application of the material to reduce suction and assure good bond of the patch. 9. Ceramic Tile Replacement , a. Excluding damage by the workmen prepping for the re-finish, or tiles which have been previously damaged, no ceramic tile should need replacement if they aze securely bonded. The degree of damage to the tile before replacement is necessary should be the Pool Engineer & Owner's call. � SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx � Page 5 of 139 4/11/2011 Section 1V —Technical Specifications b. When existing tile is damaged �or broken and must be replaced in kind, they must be carefully removed to avoid any damage to adjacent tiles and when replaced the new tile must be flush with sister tiles. 10. Eapansion Joints Remove existing caulking material from construction joints and expansion joints in the main pool. Set %z" wide white ceramic tile strips on either side of the existing joints in a"string straighY' line. Replace the joint material using polyethylene foam backer rod (green rod by Nomaco or equal) Recaulk using Synthacalk (2 part poly sulfide sealant), or Vulkem #116 on vertical surfaces and pourable grade # 45 on horizontal surfaces (white color) Manufacture's recommended instructions must be followed•. Tool the finish to a smooth surface to match the white tile strips. 11. Steps & Tile for this project sLall be inspected by Pool Contractor & Pool Engineer to determine if it meets the current Health Department regulations and shall be included in the cost for resnrfacing project cost in the pool Contractor's bidder's proposal. No additional funds will be provided by t6e Pool Engineer or Owner for failure for pool Contractor for not including.this cost in the bidder's proposal. a. In order to achieve straight and true step� nosings, new 2"x6" #4200 bulinose step tile should be set vertically on the nosing of each step. These will serve as a ground for the new plaster to meet flush. This procedure will insure the proper thickness of the new plaster (minimum '/s"). The tile selected forthese nosines shall be dark in color. b. When new step tiles aze added, they may be installed over existing tiles, however the existing tiles inusc be sounded cazeiviiy for good bond to the sheli. If fully bonded the eYisting tile face should be distressed by passing a diamond blade (or sharp masonry blade) across the face of the tile in a close pattem to achieve good bond when thinset or appropriate bedding materia) is applied for setting of new tile. 12. Sandblasting of the Existing Pool Finish a. The entire interior surface of the pool will be sandblasted until the rough aggregate matrix of the pool finish is exposed. Quarry tile or slip resistant tile is to be protected from damage. Smooth, vertical ceramic waterline tile is also to be protected. b. Any existing horizontal tile which is not slip resistant is to be "brush blasted" to remove the surface glaze. c. The pool finish at the bottom edge of the waterline tile and along each side of the tile lane mazkers, the tile wall targets and the transition tile strip will be cut away by the sandblaster to a depth of 3/8" adjacent to the tile for a distance of approaimately four inches. This will allow new pool finish to be applied flush with the existing tile while maintaining a minimum pool finish thickness of 5/16". d. T�his will also eliminate the need for any "offset" where the new pool finish meets the existing tile. The finish face for the plaster should match the tile face. 13. Inlets, Vacuum Fittings and Ot6er Fittings a. Existing pool finish will be cut away from fittings in the same fashion as described in the paragraph above. Plaster should be removed in circulaz pattern leaving no less than 4 inches clear azound each fitting to allow a minimum of 3/8" thickness of new pool finish. b. If fittings are extended using universal extenders so that the new plaster will flush with the face of the fitting, then no cut out of material around such fittings will be necessary. c. New main drain ring and grates shall be inserted, bedding in thinset, before the plastering begins so that when the new plaster is applied full thickness (3/8") it shall meet the top of the main drain ring. SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx Page 6 of 139 4/I 1/201 ] � , �� _J � , � � � � � ' r � � � � � � j �J � � �J i � � � r ' , 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 14. Surface Preparation a. Under no conditions is the interior surface of the pool to be washed with acid! In order to establish a permanent bond between the old plaster and the new interior finish, a good mechanical bond for the new plasber is vital. This can be achieved either of two ways. Brush blasting with sandblasting equipment or application of a bonding agent (or in this case, both procedures). b. Acid washing of the existing material greatly increases the odds that debonding of the new material will occur. This comes about because the acid attacks the cemendmarble fines on the surface which lock the lazger aggregate into the matrix and since the new material attaches itself to the larger aggregates, and � they have lost their bond to the mass, failure of the work is not uncommon. Using the sandblasting method, oils and other materials on the plaster will be removed and a clean surface of larger marble aggregate pieces will be exposed. 15. Bonding Agent a. Because of the size and usage of the subject pool, in addition to sandblasting, a good quality bonding agent PermaKote manufacture CL Industries phone number 800-333-2660 8188 S. Orange Drive Orlando, FL 32800 — 3200 Peden Road Fort Worth, Texas 76l 79 shall be applied at the specified thickness using an industrial roller according to manufactwes specifications. No Substitution Allowed. This material must be left to cure per the instructions by the manufacturer, but it should be covered with the new application of plaster within five days. 16. Prodvct Selection a. The type of pool finish Krystalkrete (Kystal Blue) manufacture CL Industries phone number 800- .ijj-lbbu bibb 5. Orange �rive t�riando, Fi. 32800 — 32uu Peden Fcoaci Fort Worth, Texas 76179 is selected by the Owner and No Substitution Allowed. White cement and the other bagged goods � shall be delivered in unbroken packages or containers and they should be plainly labeled with the manufactures name and brand. These should be checked by the Owner or his agent. Cementitious materials must be stored dry and off the ground, and away from wet surfaces until ready for use. 17. Pooi� Finish Mia The use of calcium chloride is to be avoided. If an accelerator is needed for fast hydration it shall be pre-packaged material approved in advance by the Engineer. No lime will be incorporated in the mix, nor�will a pre-mix containing lime be used. If additional plasticizing is required, commercial products such as.air entraining admixes or plasticizer additives will be used. 18. Miging and Appiication a. Mixing of pool finish shall be in paddle type drum mixer. The pool finish mix will not be tempered in the mixer. No water beyond original mixing water will be added. Tempering water may be used only very sparingly during the final surface trawling. Platter should remain in the mixer for at least three minutes and it may not remain in the mixer longer than 15 minutes, otherwise it will be dumped. b. The trawling process should be continuous once hydration of the material commences. Continuous trawling is preferred, but no less than three trawling are required to deliver a smooth, flat surface. Late tempering during the trawling process brings a thin layer of hydrated latence (fat) to the surface which tends to discolor and often flakes away after the pool is placed in service. . c. Pool finish, traing coats or scrateh coats should not be applied when the ambient temperature is neither above 100 degrees nor below 70 degrees Fahrenheit. Pool finish shall not be applied during the rain or any material which has been newly placed shall be protected in the event of rain by canvas, plastic or other cover to avoid erosion of the surface. Damaged work,will be removed and re-plastered. d. Application of interior finish should commence in the deep azea of the pool and be carried on to the shallow end as a continuous operation. If the Contractor wishes to complete application of material to the walls before plastering the floor then one of two ,procedures must be followed: � SectionIV docx Revised 2 .docac �) � Page 7 of 139 4/11/2011 Section IV — Technical Specifications (1) A thin strip of white tile shall be installed string straight in the spring line of the pool where the floor and wa11 meet. Wall plaster shall terminate at this stripe and floor plaster may be applied beginning at this point later. (2) The floor to wall joint must be continuously extended during the plastering process to maintain fresh, hydrated material so that it will accept the next application of plaster and become a monolith. This joint must be kept fresh. No cold joint at this point will be acceptable. e. Maximum plaster thickness shall be '/<" .minimum thickness to '/4". Where more than '/z" of material is required to bring the finish to a t�ve surface, a brown or purge coat will be applied to the finish coat of the plaster. f. All surfaces will be trawled to a smooth, dense hard finish including radii. Flat surfaces will be "flaY'. Materia) will be brought to level with shingles or 24" cement finishing towels during initial application.lnitial placement of plaster will not be with "flex" trowels. (g) No "sponging" of compound radii or steps will be done. Excessive tempering of the finish for late trawling wil] be avoided. The finished surface shall be free of stains, discoloration from trowel burns, streaking, trowel marls and cat faces before the pool is filled with water. 19. Patching and Pointing a. Upon completion of the work, loose, cracked, damaged or defective plaster will be cut and replaced. Patch must match existing work in texture, color and finish. Joint must be flush with plaster previously applied. Remove plaster droppings or splattering from surrounding surfaces before filling the pool with water. b. �res;� piascer shouid not be exposeci io open sun else "craze cracking" is likely to develop in the finish. This must be avoided by continuously keeping the material moist with a fine spray of water as soon�as the material has cured sufficiently enough that the water will not erode the surface. The surfaces shall be kept wet until the hydration is complete. If the fresh plaster is not to be kept watered during the initial cure, then it shall be tightly covered with a black sheet plastic until filled with water. 20. Sample Wall Unless waived by the Owner, the Contractor shall apply the interior plaster of choice to a sample wall no smaller than 4'x6' in size, somewhere in the complex. T'he sample shall be trawled tight and smooth, then etched to expose the proper amount of aggregate pieces. This wall shall be used as the "sample wall" and shall establish the bench marks for the final measure of workmanship in the finish of the work inside the pools. 21. Exposed Finishes a. Special exposed aggregate material may require that surface matrix is washed away with water and brush just after the hydration process is complete, or the pool surfaces may be washed with a light acid solution later, after hydration is complete. Particulaz care must be used to avoid "river lets" � down the walls and across the floor during this process. No acid wash may be allowed to stand in the deep bowl of the pool. Acid wash must be constantly diluted with fresh water and it must be pumped out of the pool while the process is underway. b. Poorly washed or uneven etching of the surface will be patently unacceptable. 22. Filling -the Pool a. ARer the exposed aggregate finish has achieved its initial set, the pool will be gradually filled with water. Care will be used so that fill water does not wash directly against any new exposed aggregate finish surface. This is best done by introducing the original fill water through hoses with the nozzle tied into a cloth sock along with a small block of Styrofoam. This will prevent the discharge water from fill hoses damaging the fresh plaster. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 8 of 139 4/11/2011 LJ � � LJ � � , � � �! � � � �� L! � r Section IV — Technical Specifications b. After fill water has reached a depth of several feet then fill water may be introduced directly into � that portion of the pool. T'he pool will be filled without interruption to help avoid dirt rings. It shall be the Owner's responsibility to provide suitable water for initial filling of the pool. Care must be taken . that the water does not contain excessive amounts of iron, manganese or other suspended metals � which may stain the newly applied exposed aggregate finish. This problem can be handled by treating the fill water with a sequestering or chelating agent. c. See water feature start up procedures recommended by CL Industries attachment end of Section IV. I i � � �� 23. Chelating Agen�s T'he pool Contractor will provide a chelating chemical which will be added to the water during the initial process in the .proportions recommended hy the manufactwer to help avoid precipitation of solids which may be .present in the water 18. Clean- Up . a. This Contractor will remove all trash and debris generated by removal and replacement of the exposed aggregate finish and other work. Dewatering equipment will be removed and hydrostat plugs properly replaced. b. Over spray from the sandblasting process will be cleaned from all surrounding horizontal surfaces around the pooL \ c. Clean pool deck of all construction debris, if pool deck is damage shall be repaired by the pool Contractor to the satisfaction of the Owner and no additional compensation shall be pro��ided by the Ovmer. 19. Final Turnover No chlorine is to be added to the water for 48 hows after the plaster has hydrated. At that point the water may be balanced and chlorinated. The Contractor shall turn the pool over the operator only after the water is in a clear condition, properly balanced, and the interior swface is free from attains or discolorations. ' 20. Brushing t6e Pool a. If the Contractor or the provider of the packaged material used in the plastering work recommends that the pool be "brushed" regularly during the first few days after being filled with water, this will be �the initial responsibility of the Contractor. b. If anangements are made with the city forces to perform this routine brushing of the pool surface, the Contractor may turn that responsibility over to the regular maintenance crew. c. This brushing procedure is intended to prevent staining of the pool from loose calciuni particulate which tends to "dust of�' unless this fine, unhydrated material is swept off the walls and floor as the hydration of the plaster continues. If not swept loose, this "dust" tends to discolor. 21. War.ranty.(AppGcator) Pool fnish material and workmanship must be guaranteed by the applicator against failure for a period of at least one year after completion against delamination, cracking (excluding shell movement) or spalling and surface discoloration except as excluded below. Exposed aggregate shall be warranted for at least ten (10) years. 22. Warranty (Material Packager) The supplier of the bagged goods used on the work shall guazantee the product for a period of one year against failure from chalking, spot etching, discoloring, or breaking down. 23. Warranty Limitations � a. The plaster -is to be warranted against discoloration or staining with these exclusions: (1) Plating of the pool interior with precipitation of suspended materials from fill and make up water or from water excessively loaded with solids(particulazly calcium) � SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx � Page 9 of 139 4/1.1/2011 Section IV — Technical Specifications (2) The addition of chemicals other than chlorine or other commonly used halogens and acceptable sanitizers ; or (3) By improper ph control of the pool water. 24. Shell Cr.acks In Swimming Pool If shell cracks are discovered in the pool while work is underway, these cracks are to be repaired by the Contractor and such repairs will be considered extra work. Compensation shall be according to the unit price in the bidding documents. Detailed specifications for any such repair are listed in an addendum to these specifications, identified as "crack repair". 25. Additional Work in the Pool Builders Contract a. Checking t6e depth markers-The pool depth should be checked by the pool Contractor at each depth marker three feet from the wall and the depth measured from the lip of the gutter using a hand level. The stated depth must be within three inches of the actual depth at this point. b. Check gutter lip for level- The gutter lip must be level to within 1/8" plus or minus. This can be checked with a Contractor's level, a laser or by flooding the gutters. This will be done by City forces. c. Replacing Deck Equipment-Reinstalling swim lane floats and pool covers will be performed by pool Contractor. Rail goods shall be checked by Contractor to be certain that all ladders and handrails are secure and tight in the sockets. If tubular rails are crushed by excessive pressure from the deck anchor wedges, Contractor shall install stabilizing plugs in the ends of the rail goods. d. Craek Repair- Should crack repair is necessary this item is to be paid by lineal foot med�urr� witu inspection by tbe Yooi E;ngineer & Owner. If sheil cracking is discovered after the pool�has been drained the following procedure is to be followed: (1) Ficst, the Engineer of record shall determine that the structural integrity of the pool shell has not been materially threatened. If the Engineer feels that any cracking has come about from settlement of the pool resulting from voids beneath the pool shells, then a further investigation � should be made into the possibility of voids beneath the pool to be certain no such voids exist, otherwise continued movement of the pool may occur with the result that the cracks will re- open. Such an investigation will not be under the scope of work of the pool Contractor. (2) This investigation may involve coring the pool floor in the vicinity of the cracking as well as other locations deemed appropriate by the Engineer. If voids are identified, then a procedure of �piessure grouting beneath the pool will be employed. (3) After the considerations are dealt with, repair of the crack(s) by the pool Contractor may begin. Foilowing is the procedure for effecting a proper repair: {a) The pool must be dry (b) Chip away the exposed aggregate finish in an area of 2" or 3" square at each terminus of each crack which is visible. Carefully inspect the concrete pool shel) at each end to see if the crack in the shell extends �further than that visible in the exposed aggregate fmish. If so; continue to remove exposed aggregate finish until the terminus of the crack is reached. Expose the crack in its entirety. (c) Chip away exposed aggregate %ish on either side of the crack for a distance of at least one inch. (d) 1Vlake saw cuts in the cracks, carefully following the route of the crack and cutting into the shell for a depth of not less than '/z". The saw cut should be '/4" in width (prox. 2 clipper �blades width}. Diamond tipped masonry blades are also available in'/4" width. (e) The saw cut should extend past the points wherever the crack turns so that the full '/a" x '/z" rag let follows the crack for its ful) length. This will result in a zig zag pattern, but that presents no problem, just be certain that the saw cut extends past the point where the crack changes direction, so that all of every crack is occurring within the'/<" saw cut. �( fl The rag 1et must then be cleaned, made completely free from dust and allowed to dry so that absolutely no moisture is present in the concrete substrate. The rag let can be flled SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 10 of 139 4/11/2011 � � � � � � , � l � � � � � L! � � � � LJ J � � � 1 ' � � � � � � � 1 t 1 (4) (5) Section IV — Technical Specifications with Vulkem Sealant # 1 i 6 as manufactured by Mameco. The sealant should be forced into the rag let so that it takes a secwe bond to both sides. (g) After the V ulkem sealant has taken its initial set (a minimum of 48 to 72 hours), work may continue and the application of plaster may commence. Any subsequent movement of the shell, which might be as little as that caused by temperature change, may cause the crack to reappear in the plaster. The flexible nature of the Vulkem Polyurethane caulking will however, maintain a seal which will preclude the danger of water loss through the shell crack. As can be seen by the procedure outlined above, crack repair is sensitive work and requires a good craftsman in order for the result to be attractive and effective. Pool Beam (1) Acid wash beam. (2) Presswe wash beam. (3) Repair pool beam as necessary and paint pool beam at Clearwater Beach Family Aquatic Center with one {1) coat of primer and two (2) coats of paint provided by the Contractor samples of paint color submitted to the Owner for approval. I SectionN docx Revised (2 .docx � � Page 11 of 139 4/1 l /2011 Secdon IV —Technical Specifications 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST Project Name: North Greenwood Aquatic Center & Clearwater Beach Family Aquatic Center Resurfacing PROJECT NO.: 0&0020-PR-B The following Articles of the Technical Specifications will apply to this contract if mazked 0 as shown below: 1 E�! Sco e Of Work 2.1 0 Line and Grade Shall Be Performed B The Contractor 2.2 ❑ Line and Grade Shall Be Performed B The Cit 3 0 Definition Of Terms 4 0 Order And Location Qf The Work 5 Excavation For Under ound Work 6 Concrete 7 Excavation And Forms For Concrete Work 8 ❑ Reinforcement 9 ❑ Obstructions i U u icesioraiion �r %e iaCelllent liI ilnvewa s, C;urbs, �ieiewallcs And Street Pavement 11 Work In Easements Or Parkwa s 12 ❑ Dewaterin 13 Sanit Manholes 14 ❑ Backfill 15 . Street Crossin s, Etc. 1 b Raisin Or Lowerin Of Sanit Sewer, Storm Draina e Structures 17 Unsuitable Material Removal 1'8 ❑ Under Drains 1�9 ❑ Storm Sewers 20 Sani Sewers And Force Mains 21 Draina e 22 Roadwa Base And Sub rade 23 As haltic Concrete Materials 24 ' Ad'ustment To The LJnit Bid Price For As halt 25 General Plantin S ecifications 26 ❑ HDPE Deformed - Reformed Pi e Linin � 27 ❑ Plant Mix Drivewa s I 28 Re ortin Of Tonna e Of Rec cled Materials ' 29 Concrete Curbs 30 0 Concrete Sidewalks And Driveways 31 Soddin ' 32 Seedin 33 Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins Or Other Storm Structures � 34 0 Material Used ' 35 0 Conflict Between Plans And S ecifications 36 Street SiQns SectionIV docx Revised (2}.docx Page 12 of 139 4/11/20l 1 , ' C � � � � � � � i � J � � , � � � 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 5F 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 Section N — Technical Specifications 0 AudioNideo Recordin Of Work Areas 0, Erosion And Siltation Control Utili Tie In Location Mazkin a Award Of Contract, Work Schedule And Guazantee Potable Water Mains, Reclaimed Water Mains and , Gas S stem S ecifications Tennis Courts � Work Zone Tr�c Control Cured-In-Place Pi Linin S ecifications for Pol .eth lene Sli Linin S cifications for Pol in I Chloride Ribbed Pi e Gunite S ecifications Sani and Storm Manhole Liner Restoration 0 Pro'ect Information Si s In-Line Skatin Surfacin S stem Resident Notification of Start of Construction Gabions and Mattresses Lawn Maintenance S ecifications � . _.... ... . anr� i"Tn�i� Treatment Plant Safety Traffic Signal Equipment and Materials Sienine And Markine Tree Protection Proiect Web Pa CONTRACT PERIOD: 90 CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAY SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 13 of ]39 4/11201 I Z 2.1 Section IV —Technical.Specifications �FIEL�D ENGINE'ERING LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERF�RMED BY THE CONTRACTOR The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as aze specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the state of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3} complete sets of As- built Survey to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working neaz any permanent property comers or reference mazkers, the Cantractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markets. In the event that markers must be removed or aze disturbed due to the proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Land Surveyor qualified under the laws of the state of Florida. . 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project. 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY At the completion of all work the contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the woode.n lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive. stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial Iine and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be chazged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments. Minimum chazge is $100.00. The City will generate the project Record construction drawings. 3 DEFINlTION OF TERMS For the purpose of these Technical Specifications, the definition of terms from SECTION III, ARTICLE 1- DEFINITIONS of these Contract Documents shall apply. For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal Sheet is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the awazd of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 14 of 139 4/11/20l 1 � ,� , � � � , � � � � � � i � L� r i 1 � Section IV — Technical Specifications quantities nor shall the contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate � of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. ' 3.1 REF:ERENCE STANDARDS Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of , local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. � � ' � � � � L.1 � � , � � � � 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS Abbreviations used in the Contract Documents are defined as follows: AA Aluminum Association, Inc. AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AMA Acoustical Materials Association AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. ANSI American National Standazds Institute APA American Plywood Association ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWG American Wire Gauge AWMA Aluminum Window Manufacturer's Association AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association CFR Code of Federal Regulations CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Standards and National Bureau of Standards DEP Department of Environmental Protection (Florida) DOT Department of Transportation (Florida) EPA Environmental P.rotection Agency FAC Florida Administrative Code FBC Florida Building Code FFPC Florida Fire Prevention Code FGC Florida Gas Code FMC Florida Mechanical Code FPC Florida Plumbing Code FedSpec Federal Specifications HI Standazds of Hydraulic Institute SectionIV docx Revised (2).doc�c Page 15 of 139 4/11/2011 Section N — Technical Specifications IBBM Iron Body, Bronzed Mounted IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IPS Iron Pipe Size ' MIL 'Military Specification NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NBFLJ National- Boazd of Fire Underwriters NEC National Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NPT National Pipe Thread NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute SBC Standazd Building Code (SBCCI) SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress Intemational, Inc. SDI Steel Door Institute SFPC Standard Fire Prevention Code (SBCCI) SGC Standard Gas Code (SBCCI) SJI Steel Joist Institute SMACCNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National • --- r�ssu�iauun SMC Standard Mechanical Code (SBCCI) SPC Standard Plumbing Code (SBCCI) SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council TCA Title Council ofAmerica UL Underwriters' Laboratories 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 18 — ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE woxx. 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor. For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee �entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx Page 16 of 139 4/11/20l 1 � � � � � � � CJ � � i i � L� ' � � , � � LJ ' �� ' Section IV — Technical Specifications a"Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. City staff aze required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similaz activity in an excavation prepazed by the contractor. City staff in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. . The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to peiform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench-shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. , Not more than one hundred (l OQ) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance speciiied. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider on each side than 1 the greatest extemal horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, 1 excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensation. � � � , ' ' ' � ' �6 CONCRETE Unless otherwise direcied, all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Conerete Institute, and FD(�T's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing shall be performed according to the Americari Society of Testing Materials. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" to 5", except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all concrete placement. � All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement of less than 5 cubic yazds (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding 5 cy, one set of 3 compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx Page 17 of l39 4/11/2011 Section IV — Technical Specifications determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. 7 7.1 'EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK EXCAVATION Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade sha11 be thoroughly compacted to a point 6" outside said concrete work before the forms aze placed. Concrete sha11 be poured "in the �Y�� • 7.2 f ORMS Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or springing. 8 RE1NfORCEMENT When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars sha11 not be used, Fabric Reinforcemeni sha11 conform to the requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete reinforcement shall meet the �requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bazs shall meet ASTM 775/A77 M-86 requirements. 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT �Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specified. 9 OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefiilly protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains, or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and cucumstances, and no claims for damages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains or poles shall be made. Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing structures or obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor: Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 18 of l39 4/l 1/2011 � � , ' �J � � L� , � ' � !J ' , � ' � i � � � , LJ � , ' ' � � � � � , Section IV — Technical Specifications 10 RESTORATION OR REPLAGEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS. � CURBS. SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standazds, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standazds, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum 8" compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus 2", if over 6", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per A.ASHTO T 180.� ;:,.. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, matenals and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of main or square�yazd of base. The �bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for„ on a squaze yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the azea of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All over thi's�will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or plaeement-:of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in �.�,.�, the proposals, shall include all materiats; labor and equipment required tacomplete the work and shall be paid for on the-basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix �-per square yard: conc`rete - per square foot; curbs - per lineal foot; sidewalk 4" or 6" thick - per square foot. Conerete walks at drives shall be a minimum of 6" thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 8 and 30). The� Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work. '11� WOR'K`IN. EAS�EME�NTS�OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the constiuction progress.- The . Contractor will be expected to complete restoration Activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justif eation for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The ,contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on , any and all phases of the contract work. The contractor shall not obtain water from local residents or businesses except as the contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's wastewater 1 treatment plants, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the treatment plants will be coordinated at the pre- � SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx Page 19 of 139 4/I I/2011 � Section IV — Technical Specifications construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory requirements. 12 DEWATERING 12.1 �GENERAL Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be ef�icient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of a11 water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, _the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, navements or other struetures: and to do this he may be required to conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. 12.2 PERMIT REQUfREMENTS 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL 'Tfie City of Clearwater will hold the Contractor responsible for obtaining a Generic Permit for '=the Discharge of Produced Groundwater from Any Non-Contaminated Site Activity prior to dewatering or discharging into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways. Prior to dischazging produced groundwater from any construction site, the contractor must collect samples and analyze the groundwater, which must meet acceptable discharge limits. The following document has been incorporated into this section for reference... 12.2.2 GE�NERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATfD SITE ACTIVITY Citv Notification Procedure - Contractor must provide the City of Clearwater Environmental Department with the following information prior to beginning dewatering activities: 1) A copy of all groundwater laboratory results 2) A co.py of the FDEP Notification It is recommended that the Contractor call or meet with the City Environmental staff if you have any questions. You may contact the City at 562-4750 for direction or further assistance. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx STATE OF FLORIDA Page 20 of 139 ' � , ' � � � , , , � � , � � , 1 � 4/11/2011 � ' � � , � Section IV — Technical Specificazions DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION GENERIC PERMITOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON-CONTAMlNATED SITE ACTIVITY The facility is authorized to discharge produced ground water from any non-contaminated site activity which discharges by a point source to surface waters of the State, as defined in Chapter 62- 620, F.A.C., only if the reported valnes for the parameters listed in Table 1 do not exceed any of the listed screening values. Before discharge of produced ground water can occur from such sites, analytical tests on saznples of the proposed untreated dischazge water shall be performed to determine if contamination exists. Minimum reporting requirements for all produced ground water dischargers. The effluent shall be ' sampled before the commencement of dischazge, again within thirty (30) days after commencement of discharge, and then once every six (6) months for the life of the project to maintain continued coverage under this generic permit. Samples taken in compliance with the provisions of this permit , shall be taken prior to actual dischazge or mixing with the receiving waters. The effluent sha11 be sampled for the parameters listed in Table 1. �� I] , , � � � ' ' r � � TABLE 1 CrrPPnina ValnPe fnr Tlier.}►aroec intn• ..� —a--- ------ Parameter Fresh Waters Coastal Waters Total Organic Carbon (TOC) 10.0 mg/1 10.0 mg/1 PH, standard units 6.0-8.5 6.5-8.5 Total Recoverable Mercury — by Method 1631 E 0.012 µg/1 0.025 µg/1 Total Recoverable Cadmium 9.3 µg/1 9.3 µg/1 Total Recoverable Copper 2.9 µg/1 2.9 µg/1 Total Recoverable Lead 0.03 mg/l 5.6 µg/1 Total Recoverable Zinc 86.0 µg/1 86.0 µg/1 Total Recoverable Chromium (Hex.) 11.0 µg/1 50.0 µg/1 Benzene 1.0 µg/1 1.0 µg/1 Naphthalene 1 U0.0 µg/1 100.0 µg/1 If any of the analytical test results exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, except TOC, the discharge is not authorized by this permit or bv the Citv of Clearwater. (a) For initial TOC values that exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, which may be caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic compounds, the permittee may request to be exempted from the TOC SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 21 of 139 � 4/11/2011 �) Section IV — Technical Specifications requirement. To request this exemption, the permittee shall submit additional information with a Notice of Intent (NOI), described below, which describes the method used to determine that these compounds are naturally occurring. The Department shall grant the exemption if the permittee affirmatively demonstrates that the TOC values are caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic compounds. The NOI shall be submitted to the appropriate Departrnent district office thirty (30) days prior to discharge, and contain the following information: 1. the name and address of the person that the permit coverage will be issued to; , 2. the name and address of the facility, including county location; 3. any applicable individual wastewater permit number(s); 4. a map showing the facility and discharge location (including latitude and longitude); 5. the name of the receiving water; and 6. the additional information required by pazagraph (3)(a) of this permit. (c) Discharge shall not commence until notification of coverage is received from the Department. T.._ Z L a..�.. .7 ..4..1 �(.��n �Y.. u � 41.� �i..o..4 1.ni� n4 ti.n ��airo.�n`i t� �000 ti�on �i n I'Ul It�Jlt YVaitG1J 4�t�% LVa�.iJtAi YYa1Ll�i�l� USV �751 172 iii4i L1S14L32L �22(iii 12VL VL 2VTTL'14.Y iV 3VJJ 41Ltt1 V.V units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units for coastal waters, or raised above 8.5 units, unless the permittee submits natural backgraund data confirming a natural background pH outside of this range. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be less than 6.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units in coastal waters, the pH shall not vary below natural background or vary more than one (1) unit above natural background for fresh and coastal waters. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be higher than 8.5 units, the pH shall not vary above natural background or vary more than one (1) unit below natural background of fresh and coastal waters. The permittee shall include the natural background pH of the receiving waters with the results of the analyses required under paragraph (2) of this permit. For purposes of this section only, fresh waters aze those having a chloride concentration of less than 1500 mg/1, and coastal waters are those having a chloride concentration equal to or greater than 1500 mg/1. In accordance with Rule 62-302.500(1)(a-c), F.A.C., the discharge shall at all times be free from floa4ing solids, visible foam, turbidity, or visible oil in such amounts as to form nuisances on surface waters. If contamination exists, as indicated by the results of the analytical tests required by pazagraph {2), the discharge cannot be covered by this Generic Permit. The facility shall apply for an individual wastewater permit at least ninety (90) days prior to the date discharge to surface waters of the State is expected, or, if applicable, the facility may seek coverage under any other applicable Department generic pernut. No discharge is permissible without an effective pemut. If the analytical tests required by paragraph (2) reveal that no contamination exists from any source, the facility can begin discharge immediately and is covered by this permit without having to submit an NOI request for coverage to the Department. A short summary of the proposed activity and copy of the analytical tests shall be sent to the applicable Department district office within one (1) week after discharge begins. These analytical tests shall be kept on site during SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx Page 22 of 139 4/ I 1/2011 ' LJ , �� , , , � � ' ' � LJ r ' � , , � � ' ' � ' ' 1 ' � � � � , ' 1 ' � Section N — Technical Specifications dischazge and made available to the Department if requested. Additionally, no Dischazge Monitoring Report forms are required to be submitted to the Department. Ali of the general conditions listed in Rule 62-621.250, F.A.C., aze applicable to this Generic Permit. There aze no annual fees associated with the use of this Generic Permit. 13 SANITA'RY MANHOLES 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as lazge a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed twenty four inches. Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. 13.2 PRECAST TYPE Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of 5 inches. The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 4781atest revision. Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "O" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve contractor of responsibility for compliance to these specifications unless letter from contractor requesting specific vaziance is approved by the City Engineer. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of �manhole per manhole as �numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. . Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Detail #302 Sheet 2 of 3. SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx Page 23 of 139 4/1•1/2011 Section IV — Technical Specifications Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings aze not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five (5) inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall tie installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 23.7 = Asphaltic Concrete — Adjustment of Manholes. 13.3 DROP MANHOLES Standazd drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. . 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Detail 301. 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. Interior of built up manholes which have sewers entering with a free drop or which receive dischazge from a force main shall have the inside plastered with U2-inch of grout and coated as precast manholes below. The exterior and interior of all precast manholes shall be coated with at least 15 mils dry thickness�� of Type II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite. 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by Fl"o Control, Inc., or approved water stop coupling. 14 BACKfILL Material for backfill shall be cazefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granulaz, free from organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hazd fragments greater than 3" in the lazgest dimension and all fill shall be similar material. Backfill placed around pipes shall be cazefully placed azound the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 24 of f 39 4/11RO1 l , � � , , , � , ' ,' rd � � ' ' � ' L � , ' �� , I� Section IV — Technical Spec�caticros Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the iull depth to the ground surface to a, minimum of 95% compaction ofAASHTO T 180 Standard L►ensity Test. The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid ��er lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such struc:ture. : Y: . 15 STREET CROSSINGS. ETC. At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, the trenches shall be bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent an�� serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary aecess to public or private premises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. 16 RAISING OR ' DRAINAGE ; S Sanitary Sewer or Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans ' or as indicated by the Engineer. ' � , ' � , ' ' � � � 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shali be included in ti�e cost of the work. 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, wh.o sha11 dispose of said material off- site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall be detei-mined in the field by the Engineer. 17.1 ��BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shall be the amount of cubic ya��ds of unsuitable material excavated and replaced with suitable material as determined by eith��r c�oss sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shal.l include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placin;, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. � 18 UNDERDRA�INS The Contractor shall construct sub-surface drainage pipe as directed in the Contract Scope of Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT crushed aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non-degradable fibrous t;ype filter material. A#57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be 8" ScctionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 25 of 139 4/11/2011 Section �N — Technical Specificatic�ns diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, 'm conformance with A��T1VI F-758 "Standard Specification For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" ]atest revision, minimum stiiiness of 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in c�nformance with AASHTO M-189 described in FDOT Section 948-4.5 or latest revision and iri conformance with ASTM D3034 - SDR 35. Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2U00 which is a rigid PVC pipe exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell cl�ssification of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949-93a, minimum pipe stiffne:ss of 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accardance with ASTM D2412 at 60% flatting and with a double gasket joint. Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non-perforated pipe with compacted backfill. All poly-chloride pipe which has r�ecome deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these teci�nical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140-N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings. 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of lineal feet of 8" Sub-drr�in in place and accepted. 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be based upon the unit price per lineal foot for underdrain as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in ihis section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean-outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item. 19 STORM SEWERS All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwatei� shall be reinforced concrete unless otherwise specified or approved by the City Engineer. Said pip� shall comply with Section 941 of the current FDOT Specifications. All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe jo'vrt wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any di�culty is found in the fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the ocder in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not sirnply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some sui table device is to be used to find that the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. 19.1 AS BUILT.INfORMATION The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the stations and. left or right offsets of all manholes, inlet structures and terminals ends of subdrains, as mea�,ured from the nearest downstream SectionIV docx Revised (2).do� Page 26 of l39 4/11/2011 ' LJ �� LJ , (� „ , , � ' � 1 , 1 � --, I ' ' 1 r-, , ' LJ ' � ,� 1 ' � � � �I Section N — Technical Specificatic�ns manhole along the centerline of the sewer along with the elevations of the north edge of manhole cover, inverts of all pipe in structuies, and the flow line of inlets. (Gutter) 19.2 TESTING The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight sewer under all conditions. At the discretion of the City Engineer or his designee, the watertightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring the infiltration. The watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above ��roundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic �iead of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section of the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 150 gallon per inch of diameter per mile ��er day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of i.nfiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such ci�nditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sevver as required by the Engineer. No trench made joints may be backfilled until after they r{ave been tested and found to be acceptable. Caze shall be taken to avoid flotation. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the E•ngineer on any or all sections of the line. 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside: face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all material5, equipment, filter fabric wrap, labor and incidentals, etc.). 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE M,AINS 20.1 20.1.1 MATERIALS GRAVITY SEMIER PIPE GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL C]HLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. 1 Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform. with AS'TM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35. Sewer pipe with more than 10 feet of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have.a rubber ' sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance wifh ASTM D 3212 76. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of 20-feet. � Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or constnxction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Section 41 of th�;se Technical Specifications for DIP water main except pipe shall be interior "polylined" in accordance with manufacturer's ' recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material vi the side easement between streets � SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 27 of 139 4/11/2011 � Section 1V — Technical Specificatiuns shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe ��s described in Technical Section 41 A two-way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line. 20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLY�INYL CHLO�tI[DE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Section =�1 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe except that DIP shall be "polylined" in accordance with manufactures recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has becorne deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. 20.2 INSTALLATfON 20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Installation of gravity sewer pipe shall �e in conformance with recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321 and Unibell UNI B S. The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable width (typically pipe OD plus 8 to 12-inch on each side) allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and conipaction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplishe�i using adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient I�ackfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation or misalignment. Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pi��e, the contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material �1/2" Dia. aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe. � Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint 2 feet in length and shall use an approved water stop azound pipe joint entry. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The contractor is required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS The contractor shall submit to the �ngineer a marked set �>f "As Built" construction drawings describing both the stations and left or right offset of all lat,�ral terminal ends as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the center line of the sewer main. The as built drawings SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 28 of 139 4/11/201I ' , � , ' � , , ' ' ' 1 , � , . ' , ' ' � , � , , � ' � , ' � �, I � � � Section N — Technical Specificatians will also describe elevations of the north edge of the manhol e cover rings and inverts of all main pipes in manholes. 20.4 TESTING 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a pei�fectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crc�wn lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightn�:ss of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pi.pe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltra- tion. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration e:�ceed 50 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, r.naterials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaire�i joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care sh.all Ue taken to avoid flotation. The Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true ancl uniform grade and the absence of bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any infiltration, dips or sags of moze than 1/4- inches shall be cause for rejection. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 20.4.2 TESTtNG OF FORCE. MAINS Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure ��f 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as described in Section 41.04 of these Technical Specifications i=or the testing of water mains. 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT 20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PfPE Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per lineal foot per appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the c��ntract proposal. Measurement for payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes. Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per lineal foot of pipe as measured from the centerline of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two-way cleanout at the property line. Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and .materials necessary to .complete � the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering; backfill and grading. , r , 20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 29 of 139 4/11/2011 Section N — Technical Specificatic�ns 21 DRAiNAGE The Contractor shall provide proper outlet for all water courses and drains interrupted during the progress of the work and replace them in as good condition as he found them. 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 22.1 BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway bas�: and subgrade. The Contractor shall refer to Section N, Article 1"Scope of Work" of the city's C'ontract Specifications for additional roadway base and subgrade items. Roadway base shall be 8" compacted minimum thickness ur�less otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 uriless othe:rwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an indea�endent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform a11 required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Matecial Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to the base that result from a failure to place the pri me in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimur�� of 24 hours in advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking. The following base materials aze acceptable: 1. SHELL BASE: Shell base shail be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of FDOT's Standazd Specifications (latest edition), a�id shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall b�� FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for I�ase. 2. LIMEROCK BASE: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 3. CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE: Crushed conc�ete base shall be constntcted in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Stauldard Specifications (latest edition), and sha11 have a minimum compacted thickness a�; sliown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 185. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the city by the Contrictor once a. week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless re��uested more frequently by the City � , ' , , �� , , , � 1 � � ' --, � , ' SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 30 of 139 4/11/2011 ' � J i � � L' � CJ ' � , L_ J ' � � � � Section N — Technical Specifications Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat sh�ill be included in the bid item price for base. 4. SOIL CEMENT BASE: Unless otherwise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 270 of FDOT's 2000 Staridard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubber 1Vlembrane Interlayer (ARMI) shall be included in the pavemenl. design per Section 341 of FDOT's Standazd Specifications (latest edition) to minimize xeflective cracking unless otherwise noted in the project plans and specifications. The .�RMI layer shall be overlaid with asphalt on the same day it is placed for the Contrac�or to receive full compensation for the work. The soil cement base design shall be by a certified lat under the direction of a Registered Florida Professional Engineer, and must be approve�i by the City Engineer. Said design shall provide for a minimum of 300 P.S.I. in seven days. All plant mixed soil cement shall be certified by a registered laboratory that has been ax>proved by the Engineer. The only approved method for spreading the cement xs the use of a spreader box. The use of a spreader bar for spreading cement will not be a:llowed. The applying of the cement shall not be allowed when the wind velocity is suffic:ient to jeopazdize material interests (i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. T��e density testing frequency shall be at the discretion of the registered Florida Professional Engineer responsible for the soil cement design. 5. ASPHALT BASE: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 280 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specificaiions, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost i:or asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack caat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt ar base. 6. REWORKED BASE: When the plans call for the: working of the existing base, the finished reworked base shali have a minimum c;ompacted thickness of 8" unless otherwise shovm on the plans or directed by the: Engineer, and be constructed in . accordance with the applicable FDOT requirements for the type of material used. The density requirements (except for asphalt and soil cement base) shall be per Section 200 6 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest editionj. For asphalt, the density requirements are per Section 330-11, and for soil cement per Section 270-5 of FDOT's 2000 Standard . Specifications. 22.1.1 BAS1S OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE e4ND REWORKED BASE ' The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square yacds uf base in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (U2"). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if � so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in x>lace. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient azeas that aze left in place. � 1 ' 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND R;EIMORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the �>lans specify a separate pay item), SectionIV docx Rev9sed (2).docx Page 3I of 139 4/11/2011 Section N — Technical Specifications stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be include:d in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 22.2 SUBGRADE All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accord�►nce with Sections 160 and 914 of FDOT's Standazd Specifications (latest edition) unless othenvise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless othervvi::e shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirenients of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Where unsuitable m.aterial is found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in 1he roadbed below the subgrade to prepaze it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be inc;luded in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value after the mixing of materials for the stabilized subgrade. 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square y,irds of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allc�wable deficiency for mixing depth shall be per Section 161-6.4 of FDOT's 2000 Standazd Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per FDOT Section 160-7.2. Areas deficient in thicicn�ess or bearing values shall either be conected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be lefi in place. No payment, however, «ill be made for such deficient azeas that aze left in place (latest edition). 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed �>reparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, material:;, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base. 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIAL:3 This specification is for the preparation and application of all S-Type Ivlarshall Mix Design asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 23.1.1 AGGREGATE All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 919 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FD�JT's 2000 Standard Specifications. SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx Page 32 of 139 4/1 i/2011 ' ' � ' � `J ' � � � ' , � r ' � ' ' ' i� , Section IV — Technical Specifications 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANIT, MfTHODS, EQUIP�MENT 8� QUALITY ASSURANCE= , The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standazd Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance proce.dures and quality controUassurance ' procedures shall conform to the requirements of Sectio�i 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. . The Contractor shall note that the City shall have the ri�,ht to have an independent testing � laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. Tests to be performed by the independerit testing laboratory every 1000 tons include, but aze not limited to, Marshall stability and flov��, eatraction/gradation and cores to ' deternune density and thickness. The results of such tests a.nc1 analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to deterrriine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and ' accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discoverE;d, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and i�ivestigation as well as all costs of ' removal, conection, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be bome solely by the Contractor. , , � ' � � � , , � 1 Payment reductions for asphaIt related items shall be determi�ed by the followine: 1. Density per Section 330-11 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per Sectiok� 330-13 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of'/o" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, try either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least 25' from each end of the deficient azea, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per Section 330-15.23 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (2000 edition). In addition, for excesses of'/4" or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed,and replaced at no. compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Contractor shall noti the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the nlacement of all asphalt. 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESiGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs shall conform to the requirements c►f Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall t►e approved by the Engineer PRIOR to the commencement of the paving operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight. 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIG�NS ANID LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following xequirements: SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 33 of 139 4/11l2011 Section IV — Technical Specifications Table 1: Layer Thickness for Asphalt (Layers Are Lisged �n S�quence of Construction) COURSE LAYER THICKNES�S (lnches) THICKNESS (Inches) Type S—I Type S—I with Type S—III F'C-3 Type S—III Type S—I Type S—III with FC-3 with FC-3 Top Layer Top Layer Top Layer 1 st 2nd 1 st 2"d 1 st 2nd 1 st 2°d 1 st 2nd 1 st 2nd 1 1 1 1'/z 1 %2 2 1��4 3�4 * 1 1 2'/z 11/4 1'/4 1'/2 1 1%z 1 3 1'/2 1'/z 2 1 2 1 * At the Engineer's discretion, 2" of S-III is acceptable for use on residential streets Additional Notes: 1. Type S—III shall be limited to the final (top) structural layer (one layer only). 2. All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the requirements of sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. All pavement designs shall include a minimum of twc► inches of asphalt. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the p:roject plans for complete pavement design detail. 5. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, Type S—IIt per Section 331 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used as final riding surface on streets with the speed limit of less than 35 mph, streets with an average d<<ily traf�ic (ADT) of less than 3000, and all residential streets. 6. An FC-3 friction course per section 33'7 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used on streets with a speed limit of 35 mph or greater, and streets with an ADT of 3000 or greater. 23.5 GE�NE�RAL �CONST�RUCT10'N REQUIRE:MENTS The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, pl;�cement and compaction of mixture, surface requirements, correction of unacceptabie pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 34 of 139 4/11/2011 � ' ' , � ' � � � � � , � � � � ' � ' ' ' 23.s 23.6.1 , ' � ,� � � , r-, i� � Section IV — Technical Specifications CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATIOM CRACKS Cracks in roadway pavement shail be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: �� - . �:� , �� 1. All debris to be rernoved from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminc>us binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of'the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin inunediately after crack repair, cracks aze to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaitic concrete. 23.6.2 POTHOLES Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic: concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, svveeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of tl.�e pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in 1he unit price for asphaltic concrete. 23.7 ADJUSTMEN� OF MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drai:n manholes and appurtenances shall ' be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. ' ' � � ' , � J ' The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel mee ting or exceeding the minimum requirements of A.S.T.1VI. A-36. The riser shall be a si�igle piece with a stainless steel adjusttnent stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. 'I"he use of cast iron, plastic, or fberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be i:ndividually measured, and each riser shall be physically mazked to ensure that the pro;per riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resist�int epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that the manholes aze measured, the risers aze physically mazked, the ring sections aze thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly appiied prior to installation of each riser. If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall he accomplished by the removal of pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cower, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A fiF.11 depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 35 of 139 4/11 /2011 Section N — Technical Specificatians All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall occur within seven (7} calendaz days from t}►e completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the rims manholes are to be ramped v��ith asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc. will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Caze must be taken ;�round said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over. It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled paving. 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT 'REQUIREME�JTS 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shali be paved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or Project Inspector, with payment t�� be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt. 2. All pavement mazkings impacted by placernent of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open to tr�c unless otherwise noted in tY�e contract scope and plans. 3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the jol� site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance witli all regulatory requirements. 4. The Contractor shall pay particulaz attention to ss�veeping when paving. The Broom Tractor way of sweeping will not be permitted. Prior to paving, all construction azeas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (eith�:r vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper zr�ust be equipped with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover,l:t�e (:ontractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each da;y before leaving the job site. 5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDUT's Standazd Specifications (latest edition). Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling and applying) shall, be i:ncluded in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope aiid plans. 6. I.eveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Sectic�n 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The cost sha11 be included in the p��r ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall confonn to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's 2000 Standazd Specifications. $. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be '/4" above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101. 23.9 S'UPERPAVE ASPHA'LTIC CONCRETE. l. Unless otherwise noted in this section, all of the asphaltic concrete specifications in Sections A through H above shall apply to superpave asphaltic concrete. All asphaltic concrete pavemeni shall be designed and placed in a.ccordance with the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (late;st edition). SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx Page 36 of 139 � ' ' , � �� ' � ' ' ' , ' u ' i�'� � � I � 4/I 1/2011 , , , Soction IV — Technical Specifications 2. All aggregate shall be obtained from an approved I� DOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 and 902 of FDOT's Standazd Specifications {latest edition). 3. AIl bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard , Specifications (latest edition). Asphaltic binder shall t�e Grade PG 67-22 unless otherwise specified in the Scope of Work. ' � � ' 4. All superpave mix designs shall conform to Section.� 320 and 334 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 5. All general construction requirements shall conform to Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 23.10 BASiS OF MEASUREMENT Basis of ineasurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and , measured above. This price shall include all materials, pr��paration, hauling, placement, tack and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris remo�val, labor, equipment, tools, and ' incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. �� ' ' ' � � � L� , � 24 ADJUSTMENT TD THE UNiT BID PR�CE, FOR ASPHALT When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: l. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than 10% from the bid price at the �ime of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report: is available on FDOT's internet site. The address is: http://wwwl l.myflorida.com. It is under the section "Doing Business with FDOT" in the "Contracts Administration" se;ction under "Asphalt Index". For additional information, call FDOT @ 850-414-4000. 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in� effect at ihe time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at tlie time of placement of the asphalt � will be used for �payment calculation. 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment wilX be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in �bid prices will be made for either tark coat or prime coat. 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time. 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for df;creases in the cost of asphalt. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 37 of 139 ' 4/I I/20l 1 . Section N — Technical Specifications ', 25 GENERAL P.LANTING SPECIFICATIC>NS 25.1 IRRtGATION 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in tY►e plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, �s indicated on the drawings and/or specified. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. B. The irrigation plans aze schematic in . nature. Valve;� and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossing�,. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer. 25.1.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has experience in irrig4�tion systems of similaz size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Stanc�ards and Speci�cations, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply. C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The Er�gineer reserves the right to reject material or work which does not conform to the contxact documents. Rejected work sha11 be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the contractor's expense. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The contract��r shall prepaze and deliver to the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to comp letion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover binders with three rings containirng the following information: 1. Index sheet stating the contractor's address and l�usiness telephone number, 24 hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's represent�►tive(s) and local supplier where replacerrient equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and plrt sheet on every .material and equi��ment installed under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and "hands on" instructions for major equipment arxd show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. a. 'Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and maintenance. b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for autonnatic control valve operation and maintenance. SectionlV docx Revised (Z).docx Page 38 of 339 � L ' ,� �', � �I � ��I � ' � � � , i '� � � ' � 4/ll/2411 ' � ' � � ' , � ' ' � Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.1.1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Irrigation Contractor shall coordinate the work ��rith all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees an�i all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation 24 in. diameter and larger with #he Engineer prior to installation of main lines. B. Provide temporary imgation at all times to maintain F�lant materials. C. The Irrigation Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regulaz maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the contractor. D. The Irrigation Contractor shall submit a traf�ic contrc>1 plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of traf�c signs, bazri��rs, and any additional equipment to comply with tlie FDOT standards and to ensure tl��e safety of its employees and the public. 25.1.1.3 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one (1) year period from the date of acce}?tance by the Engineer and the City of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within tlie warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater or FDOT. 25.1.2 PRODUCTS 25.1.2.1 GENERAL � A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted. ' 25.1.2.2 PIPING � � � � � , ' A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein �ind shall be furnished, installed and tested in accordance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloricie (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D2665 and D 1785. C. � All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joinfs, connecting equipment to the mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chlorid�� (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 25.1.2.3 �PJPE •FITTINGS A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be ��s follows: Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standazd Specific:ation for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall beaz the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule !�0 nipples. SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 39 of l39 4/11/2011 Section IV — Technical Specifications . 25:1.2.4 PVC �PIP.E CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC sc�lvent weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. �urple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 25.1.2.5 THREADED CONNECTIONS � A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 25.1.2.6 GATE VALVES 25.1.2.6.1 MANUAL GATE VALVES 2 IN. AND SM�►LL�R A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drautin�;s: 1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve 2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals 3. Threaded=Dua1 end Union Connectors 4. Non-Shock Safe-T Sheaz Stem 5. Safe-T Shear True Union Ball Valve as manu:factured by Speazs Manufacturing Company , Sylmer, California, or approved equal. 25.1.2.6.2 GATE VALVES 2'/z" IN. AND LARGE92 A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. AWWA-G509 2. 2001b. O.W.G. 3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B 4. Deep socket joints 5. Rising stem 6. Bolted bonnet 7. Double disc S. Equipped with 2" square operating key with tee h<<ndle $. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve 3" anc� larger. The "street key" shall be 5' long with a 2" square operating nut. 25.1.2.7 SLEEVES A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) 25.1.2.8 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance-pressure across-the diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25-��0 gallons per minute (GPM) with a ScctionIV docac Revised (2).docx Page 40 of 139 4/I 1/201 f C� ' � � ' ' � � ' i ' � :� � � � , f ' � Section N — Technical Specificatians pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 �pounds per squaze ir.{ch (PSI). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi. B. The valve body and bonnent shall be constructed of hugh impact weather resistant plastic, � stainless steel and other chemical/LJV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material wilh a clog resistant metering orifice. � � � � � ' � � � � � � � C. The valve body shall have a 1" inch (FNP'1� inlet and uutlet or a one inch slip by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide fc>r all intemal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Birci Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California, or approved equal. F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numb�;red to match drawings. 25.1.2.9 VALVE BOXES A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNI�� cuntrol timer use a Brooks #36 concrete value box with #36-T cast iron traffic bearin;; cover, or approved equal. B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 (10") circulaz valve box with #181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek # 182001 (6") e�onomy turf box cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. 25.1.2.10 DRIP IRRIGATION 25.1.2.10.1 CONSTRUCTION with # 182002 A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch (1/2") low-density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure comperisating, continuously self-cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing, (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter {O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure cornpensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self- flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 25.1.2.10.2 OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the abiiity to independently r�;gulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7-70) pounds per squar•e inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between 15-45 PSI. The dripper di�;charge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPI-� utilizing a combinatiori turbulent flow/reduced pressure compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The drippers shall continuously clean themselves while iri operation. The dripperline shall be available in i2", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 121) mesh or finer. Bending radius shall be 7". SectionN docx Revised (Z).docx Page 41 of 139 , 4/11/2011 Section IV — Technical Specifications B. For on-surface or under mulch installations, 6" riietal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed 3'-5' on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. 25.1.2.10.3 LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub-surface system shall utilize Automatic Lir�e Flush Valves at the end of each independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each imgation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly to the dripline. 25.1.2.10.4 AIRNACUUM RELIEF VALVE A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an A.ir/Vacuum Relief Valve at its high point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi. 25.1.2.10.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. The pressure regulator sha11 be designed to handle ste:ady inlet pressures over 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outXet pressures of 25 psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within =/-6°io. The pressure regulatflr shall be manufactured from high- impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulatio}1 shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be encl.osed in a chamber separate from the water passage. 25.1.2.10.6 FILTERS A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with not��tion indicating the minimum partial size to travel through or tlie mesh size of the elerr�ent being used. The discs shall be constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. 25.1.2.10.7 FITTINGS A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manuf;�cturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 25.1.2.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER , A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be commtuucated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrazed connection. The controller shall be of a module type which may be installed in a valve box undergraund. The controller shall function normally if submerged in water and the commuziication from the transmitter shall function if submerged in water. B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterproof operation. The control module ��hall have two mounting slots for screws allowing the module �to be securely mourited i�zside a valve box. C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt alkaline: battery for one full year regazdless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall uperate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 42 of 139 , � � �J � � � L_J �i � � � ' L� � � � � � 4/11/2011 ' � , Section N — Technical Specifications � �� L� � � � � � D. The controller shall have three independent program;� with eight start times each, station run time capability from one minute to twelve houxs in one minute increments, and a seven day calendar. The controller shall turn on statxons via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual star�. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation. . E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler 1VIfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.12 FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The imgation controller shall be programmable by a sepazate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall commttnicate to the Control Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one 9V alkaline battery. B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven-key programming pad. A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The scr��en shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of progranur�ing an unlimited number of UNIK Control Modules. D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured b�� Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.13 LATCHlNG SOLENOID � A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, P(iA, PEB, PES-B, GB, of EFB series valve. � �� B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp.,. Glendora, California USA. 25.1.3 EXECUTION 25.1.3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENITS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference wi#h the Engineer to discuss general details of the work. B. Verify dimensions and gades at job site before work i s commenced. C. During the progress of the work, a competent superin�tendent and any assistants necessary shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This �,uperintendent shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Engineer. The superinte;ndent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to the superinte:ndent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing perniits and all inspections required by outside authorities. SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 43 of l39 , 4/1 l/20l 1 Section IV — Technical Specificatians E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Special Provisions. F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and 1he Contractor shall comply with the decisions. In event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and suhject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this information at th.e construction site to confirm the manner by which it relates to the installation. H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is appatent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific notes aze discovered. All such obstructions;. conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be perxnitted. Install all required sleeving prior to roadway base. 25.1.3.2 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 25.1.3.2.1 TRENCHING - GENERAL A. Dig sides of trenches straight: Provide continuous suX�port for pipe on bottom of trenches. Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. B. Maintain 6 in. horizontal and minimum clearance bet�ween sprinkler lines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another Ii:ne of any kind. D. Maintain 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and worki�ng near existing utilities. 25.1.3.2.2 BACKFILLING A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have 18" of fill placed over the pipe. B. Initial backfill on a11 lines shall be of a fine granulaz material with no foreign matter larger than %Z in. C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT'ipecification Book, 1996 Edition. D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or ve;hicle wheels for compacting soil. E. Restore grades arid repair damages where settling occurs. F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per AASHTO T 180 - latest edition. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density. ScctionN docx Rcvised (2).dcex Page 44 of 139 � � � �� LJ �J L� � � � � 4/11/2011 ' � Section IV — Technical Specifications � G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of inecl.ianical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand tampers aze used, the materials :�hall be deposited in layers not more than six (6") inches thick. The hand tampers shall bE; suitable for this purpose and shall � have a face azea of not more than 100 square inches. ;ipecial precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. � � LJ � � � 25.1.3.2.3 ROUTING OF PIPING: A. Routing of pressure and non-pressure piping lines aze indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over spriFiklex and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routin�; indicated. C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shal:l be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of approved layout. 25.1.3.3 I N S TA LLATI O N 25.1.3.3.1 WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the � Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual sit�� conditions without additional cost to the Owner. � � r � � � �� 25.1.3.3.2 ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Dra:wings is diagrammatic only. Install lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings. B.. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. F'rovide each assembly with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical Special Provisions. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shal'1 be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only. 25.1.3.3.3 SLEE1/ES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The contractor shall verify the location of all existin;; sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer ��f any discrepancies. 25.1.3.3.4 PLASTIC �PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's reco�nmendations. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 45 of 139 4/1 I%20l l Section IV — Technical Specifications B. Prepare all welded joints witti manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least 15 minutes setup/cur�ng time before moving or handling. 2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent azching and shifting when water pressure is on. 3. Do not pernvt water in pipe until a period of ;�t least four hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, uriless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. C. Curing 1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., aXlow soluble weld joints at least 24 hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. D. Flushing the system: 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers aze in pl�{ce and connected, open the control valves and flush out the system with a full head oi� water. E. Installing piping under existing pavement: 1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed t�y jacking & boring. 2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be accomplished at no additional cost. 25.1.3.3.5 CONTROLLERS A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans. 1. The location of all controllers shall be approved �y the Engineers representative prior to installation. 25.1.3.3.6 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Install at sufFicient depth to provide not more than 6 i:n., nor less than 4 in. cover from the top of the valve to finish grade. B. Install valves in a plumb position with 24 in. minimwn maintenance cleazance from other equipment, 3 feet minimum from edges of sidewalks; buildings, and walis, and no closer than 7 feet from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways. C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler zone. 25.1.3.3.T GATE VALVES A. install where indicated and with sufficient clearanc;e from other materials for proper maintenance. B. Check and tighten vaive bonnet packing before backfill. SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 46 of 139 � � � � �� 4/11/2011 � � L! � � Section N — Technical Specificati�ns 25.2 LA�NDSCAPE 25.2.1 GENERAL � 25.2.1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ' ,;, ��• =;�� s,: .., A. The Contract Documents shall include the Plans, I)etails, Specifications, Bid Proposal, Contract Agreement, including Installation Schedule�, all Addenda, and Contractual and Special Conditions when required. � 25.2.1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES � �� U i � � � A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly c��nstituted authorities and regulatory agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. B. Any permits for the installation or construction of �uiy of the work included under the contract, which are required by any of the legs�lly constituted authorities having jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contratitor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. 25.2.1.3 SCOPE OF WORK A. All provisions of Contract, including General and SF+ecial Provisions and Plans, apply to the work specified in this Section. The Scope of Work includes everything for and incidental to executing and completing all land�;cape work shown on the Plans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials• tools and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to rernove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to fumish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Section shall include labor and mate;rials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, s�� finished lav►m or playing field will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, ancl will comply with the intent of the landscape drawings. D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specifie�� in this document. 25.2.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm ;�pecializing in landscape work, who shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work, shall be made known to the Owner and the L,andscape Architect prior to their commencement of work on the project. B. All work of this Section shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices. G, The Plant Material Schedule included with thes�� Plans is provided only for �tHe Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed a�� to conflict or predominate over the SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 47 of 139 � . 4/I 1/2011 Section IV — Technical Specifications Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specificatioais exists, the Plan shall predominate and be considered the controlling document. D. During this work, the Contractor shall be respon;:ible for maintaining safety among persons in his employ in accordance with the stand��rds set by The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent am.endments). Owner and Landscape Architect shall be held hannless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting from compliance or non-compliance with these stand,ards. �, E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is built into or affects the work in this Section. F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to excavation. Call "One Call" at 1-800-432-4770. G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. 25.2.1.5 SUBMfTTALS A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the ex��iration of the required maintenance period, two copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one yeaz. B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and ine�t rnaterials, including labor for all specified work. 25.2.1.6 ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SIDBSTITUTIONS A. If there are additions/alternates included in these Plar�s and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated �is additions/alternates at the time of bidding. B. The Owner, through his Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by t#�e Project Representative for any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Cantractor's risk. D. All material acquired through additions or substitutic,ns shall be subject to all conditions and warranties stated herein. 25.2.1.7 ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS O.A. or HT.: The over-all height of the plant measured from the gr+>und to the natural, untied state of the majority of the foliage, not including extreme lea��es, branches or fronds. C. T.: . Cleaz trunk is measured from the ground to the bottonn of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage from ground to specified height. For examj�le, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nu�" at the base of the fronds. SectionIV docx Revised (2).doc�c Page 48 of 139 4/1 l/2011 � � � � LJ � � � � � � �� 1 � � � � � 1 ' � � � � � � � � � i � � � � Section N — Technical Specificatit�ns C. W.: Cleaz wood is measured from the ground to the bottoin of the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For exanzple, on Canary Island Date Palms or similaz, the clear wood measurement does not incltide the "nut" at the base of the fronds. SPR.: Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. ST. TR.: Straight trunk. MIN.: Minimum. GAL.: Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc. O. C.: On center, distance between plant centers. DL4.: Diameter. LYS.: Leaves. D.B.H.: Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measurec➢ at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above grade. . CAL.: Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade. B&B: - Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. PPP: Plants per pot. FG: Field grown. STD.: ' Standard, single, straight trunk. Owner: To be known as that entity which holds title or contro'l to the premises on which the work is performed. O►vner's Representative: Owner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of materials specifed and ezecution of installation. SectionlV docx Revised (2).docz Page 49 of 139 4/11/2011 Section IV — Technical Specificaticros Contractor: � Shall refer to that person o"r enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor. Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the landscape Plans and Specifications. 25.2.1.8 25.2.1.8.1 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING PLANT MA�ERIALS A. Provide container grown or, if,appropriate, freshly �iug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bazk, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide pr�>tective covering during delivery. If plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants aze to be handled at all times so that roots ar root balls are adequately protected from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for �xees and container plants that have been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time. C. Balled and burlapped plants shall be moved with firr�l, natural, balls of soil, not less than 1 foot diameter of ball to every 1 inch caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less than 2/3 of root ball diameter. B& B plants which c:uuiot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch. D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum of 4 weeks before reanoval from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bag;" oi• other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only. E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to plantin�;, but leave a minimum of 12 inches of new frond growth above the bud. Do not dama�;e bud. On all other palms, only a minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crov�m ta facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum frond;� have been removed. Boots shall be removed from tnuik unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within 24 hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after prepazations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical da�nage, and cover to keep the roots moist. G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and comnion name. H. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will be placed v��ithin twenty-four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by� covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. � � � ' � � � j � LJ � I � �� SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 50 of 139 4/11/2011 � � � � � � � � � � ' Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.1.9 JOB CONDITIONS 25.2.1.9.1 ACCEPTANGE OF JOB GONDITIONS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub-grade, verify� elevations, observe the conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditio:ns prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditio�is have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of �work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibility for the completed w�ork. B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations fc�r each kind of ]andscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures. D. When adverse conditions to plant growth aze encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are establishe:d and prior to the planting of lawns, protecting lawn trees and promptly repairing damage:� from planting operations. 25.2.1.9.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The work shall be carried out to completion with tJie utmost speed. Immediately upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy , to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance wit� the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc. in order � to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the progress schedule, all said costs shall be bome by th�� C�ntractor at no additional cost to the Owner. � � C. T'he Owner's Representative's may request in wri ting work stoppage. Upon written request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Coritractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work for such a peric�d as deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor wzth respect to any additional costs which may result from work stoppage;. 25.2.1.9.3 UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner whic;h will avoid conflicts with utilities. � Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility af damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concemed. � , � SectionN docx Revised (2).docx � Page 51 of 139 4/] l/2011 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.2 PRODUCTS 25.2.2.1 MATERIALS 25.2.2.1.1 PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc. shall be per Plans� and Specifications on Plant Material Scheduled. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standazdized Plant i�ames Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest ��ditions), or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. 25.2.2.1.2 PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURA�NCE A. Provide healthy, ��igorous stock grown under climatic conditionS similaz to conditions in the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit o:f growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free fr�om insect pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well br�inched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of p�ilms, be heavily leafed. Some plant materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided tree species that have a single main trunk (central 1e,3der), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a"Y" shape or pazallel branching are not acceptable. C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florid� #1 or better as to shape and quality for the species as outlined in Grades and Standazds for Nursery Plants Part I and II, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name vaziety, size quality, or desigrrited azea. E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certific;ates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all goveming regulations that aze applicable to landscape materials. F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit L,andscape Architect proof of it being non-available. In such event, if the L,andscape Architect designates an available source, such shall l�e acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change order for sut�stitute material will be rnade by adjustment to Contract amount. G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from nround up; width measurement shall be normal crown spread of branches with pla�rts in the normal position. This measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with .the approval of the iJwner or Landscape Architect; with no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shal7. not be pruned prior to delivery. H. Plant 1vlaterial shall be symmetrical, typical for vaziety and species. Plants used where � symmetry is required shall be matched as neazly as possible. SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx Page 52 of 139 1 � � � i � �� , LJ � � , i L � 4I11/201 I � �_J Section IV — Technical Specifications I I. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balis of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the standazds of the Airierican Association of Nurserymen. � Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B& B procedures. J. Container-grown plants may be substituted for baIleci and burlapped plants or vice-versa � provided the quality is equal or better than spec ified and the Landscape Architect ' approves the substitution. � K. Container grown stock shall have been grown in coi:itainers for at least four months, but not over two yeazs. If requested, samples must t►e shown to prove no root bound condition exists. � i CJ � � LJ � � � � � � 25.2.2.1.3 GRASSES: SOD OR SEED A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stat�ed on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% fxee uf noxious week, freshly mowed before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than 24 hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after in,>tallation. B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened ba.gs with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certi fication requirements. 25.2.2.1.4 MULCH , A. Mulch shall be 100% Grade "B" shredded cypress b3rk mulch, thoroughly mixed with a pre-emergence weed killer according to the label dire��tions as specified on the plan. B. Install mulch to an even depth of 3" before compactian. 25.2.2.1.5 FERTILIZER A. Granulaz fertilizer shall be uniform in compositi��n; free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the� site in full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully conforming to State of Florida fertil.izer laws. B. All fertilizer shall beaz the manufacturer's statemer�t of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the tyF�e of use specified herein. C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved equa(, shall be placed in planting pit for all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. D. Ground cover and annual areas sha11 receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded azeas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine grass at the rate of one (1 } pound of nitro�;en per one thousand (1,000) square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. Th.e ratio of nitrogen to potash will be 1:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phos��horus shall be no more than '/4 the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium �ind micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx Page 53 of 139 � 4/ll/2011 0 Section IV — Technical Specificatic�ns 25.2.2.'t.6 STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. �Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated ��.t.) stock for trees over 2" caliper. Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stocic for trees 2" caliper and under. A minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional3 stakes per tree shall be used. C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with a minimum of 3 stakes per palm. Batten consisting c�f 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2" x 4" by 16" wood connected with two - 3/<" steel bands sha�11 be used azound the palm trunk. D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. 25.2.2.1.7 PLANTING SOIL A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil bacl�ill. It is the responsibility ��f tlie Landscape Contractor to test, prior to planting and at no additional cost to the Contract, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be providecl by the Contractor and shall consist of 1/3 peat and 2/3 sandy loam, with no lumps over 1"'. C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (aboart 6.0 — 6.5 pI-� with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from exces:; weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or a hindrance to grading, plariting, and maintenance pn�ceclures and operations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under 1 gallon container size shall consist of 3" of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer 6 inches to 8 in�ches into native soil. 25.2.2.1.8 SOIL AMENDMENTS A. "Terra-Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment slaall be mixed with native or planting soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and aivivals according to manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specii�ied on the Plans. 25.2.2.1.9 TREE P:ROTECTION A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members 6 feet to 8 feet on ��enter. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH at 4-'/z feet above grade. SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 54 of 139 � � � , � � � I � LJ � � i � � 4/11l2011 � � � � � � � � � � ' I � Section N — Technical Specificatians 25.2.2.1.10 ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifications for protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specif c product name or equal. Install as directed by the manufacturer. �. � .. 25.2.2.1.11 PACKAGED MATERIALS A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing �veight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. 25.2.2.1.12 PESTICIDES A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands aFiplied according to manufacturer's directions. 25.2.3 EXECUTION 25.2.3.1 PREPARATION 25.2.3.1.1 OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mazk all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work. B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstruc:tions aze encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shal l be immediately notified to select a relocated position for any materials necessary. 25.2.3.1.2 GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specificatio�LS. All proposed landscape areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's specifications. � B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be require�i to produce an acceptable planting bed. � C. Pre-emergent herbicides aze not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round-Up" or "Rodeo", and may be used only with the written apprc>val of the Landscape Architect. � D. Should any plant material in the same, or adjacent bc;ds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. , � E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades sha11 be accomplished by the Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully, grad��d and raked to smooth, even finish grade, free from depressions, lumps,. stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will � conform to the required finish grades and providf; uniform and satisfactory . surface drainage without puddling. � SectionN docx Revised (2).docx � Page 55 of 139 4/11/2011 Section IV — Technical Specificadons F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over 1-%z inches in any dimension form individual tiee, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material off the site. 25.2.3.1.3 PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED �L�►NT9NG A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread 3 inches of Florida peat (1/3), sandy �loam (]/3), or other approved organic soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. :Rototill organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into the native soil. Grade the planting bed t�y "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. 25.2.3.1.4 PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD �4REAS A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds sha11 be treated with Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's spec�fications. All proposed sod azeas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's Specifications. B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub- grade of seed and sod are'as to a minimum depth of 4 inches. C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor st�all finish grade the soil to a smooth, even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. Th.e surface shall be sloped to existing yard drains. D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustir�e or Bahia grass at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1000 square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 505 of the nitrogen being i�n slow or conVolled release form. Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top 4 inches of so i1. E. Moisten prepared seed and sod azeas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lat�vns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. 25.2.3.2 INSTALLATION 25.2.3.2.1 BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans ��nd at the height and slope iridicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the I:,andscape Architect. C. If shovm on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well- drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a s��il pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat sh.all be used in berm construction. 25.2.3.2.2 LAYOUT OF PLANT �MATERIALS A. Uriless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be appmximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, rolumns, curbs, screen walls, etc. as SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx Page 56 of 139 1 � � � , � � � � J � LJ I �� 4/I 1/2011 � � �J � Section N — Technical Specificatians the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to cleaz wires, prevent �blockage of signage, etc. x B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spa.ced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be F�laced in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing for each species. � " C. Leave an 18 inch (450 millimeters) border of mulrhed space between outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or bliilding foundation wall for all plant sizes. �� _� r-, � � � � � LJ LJ � � � � � � �J D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Archikect in order to conform as neazly as possible to the intent of the plans. 25.2.3.2.3 PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being circulaz in outline. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locatic>ns shown, at such level that after settlement normal or natural relationship of the to�� of the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nl�rsery practices, plants under certain conditions (i.e. low and wet azeas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about 1 inch higher than the surrounding grade. C. All plant materials sha11 be fertilized with Agriform 20-10-5 planting tablets, or appioved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion �of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root mass. Application rate: 1 gallon 3 gallon 5 gallon 7 gallon Trees Palms 1 - 21 gram tablet 2 - 21 gram tablet 3 - 21 gram tablet 4 - 21 gram tablet 3 tablets each '/z" { 12 millimeters) caliper 7- 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back-filling plant pits or �is specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional soil for building lree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbe;d native soil shall be left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil azound the sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 inches (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all iie-down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of the root ba11. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the back-fill �up to the proper grade Roots of baze plants shall be properly spread out, arid planting soil cazefully worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be instailed with undistur��ed native soil left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be 3 io 5 times the width of the root ball. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the backfill up to the proper ,;rade. SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 57 of 139 4/11l2011 G H. Section IV — Technical Specificatic�ns Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with th�, different plant species. Space each variety of plant equally in ihe planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced i n rows parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of 18 inches from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of ame:nded soil containing 50% weed-free Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shail be scarified vertically at 120 degree angles in a triangulaz pattem. I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if co�iditions warrant and if approved. 25.2.3.2.4 SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered suf.ficiently at its origin to moisten the soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or contri�lled release fertilizer shall be made to all lawn azeas just prior to the laying of the sod at. a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet. The ground shall be wet down before the sod is laid in place. C. Snlid sad shall be laid tightly with cl�sely alit�iting staggered }oints with an even surf`ace edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to tlie edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to 1 inch to 1-1 /2 inches below top of walks prior to laying sod. D. �thin 2 hours after installing sod and prior to rolli�ig, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to we;t the sod to a depth of 2 inches (50 millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that wiil avoid erosion due to the application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type�that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Waterir.�g shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. E. The sod sha11 be pressed firmly into contact with th� sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets; ��rovide a tnie and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded azeas. After the sodding operation has been c��mpleted, the edges of the area shall be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dre:csing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply� sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly wasl-ung into the sod areas. G. On slopes steeper than 2:1 and as required, the sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. 25:2.3.2.5 SEED{NG A. Seed shall be installed pei the specifications of tk�e State of Florida Department of Transportation. See plan for type of seed. 25.2.3.2.6 TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKIIVG A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the respor.�sibility of the Contractor per sound nursery practices, and shall be done per details showri on the Plans. For trees, a miriimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree �it 120 degree spacing shall be used. SectionN doc�c Revised (2).docx Page 58 of 139. , � � i � 1 � � � � , i � � �� ' , 4/ll/2Ull i � Section IV — Technical Specificaticros Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by approved ` plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a miiiimum of 4 feet height of stake above grade and a minimum of 30 inches of stake bel�w grade. � , � � � � � � C� � � CJ B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of 3 stakes per ��alm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2 inch x 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two 3/4 inch steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of 5 feet af stake above grade. C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, an�i bracing from trees six (6) months after the date of final acceptance af the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to main#ain a ��lumb position or aze in potentially hazardous azeas. 25.2.3.2.7 MULCHING A. All planting beds shall be weed-free prior to mulchin€;. B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched e�venly with a 3 inch layer (before compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bazk: mulch, or other mulch as specified on the Plans or General Notes. D. Mulch shall not be placed against the tiunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. Maintain a minimum 3 inch clearance for trees and shrub tranks and a minimum 6 inch cleazance for the walls of buildings. � E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch d.eep band of mulch shall be installed in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a niinimum 6 inches of non-mulched clearance from the outside edge of annuals. 25.2.3.2.8 PRUNING A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape and form of the plant. B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken l�ranches, remove crossed branches, and branches hanging below the cleaz trunk of the tre+;. 25.2.3.2.9 CLEAN-UP A. During landscape work, store materials and equipmernt where directed by the Owner. � B. The Contractor shall prornptly �remove any materials and equipment used on the job, keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion ��f all planting, dispose of all excess soil and debris leaving pavements and work azeas in safe and orderly condition. � � �� LJ C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removai an�i proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 59 of 139 4/l 1/20l 1 Section N — Technical Specificatians 25.2.3.2.10 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall .provide safeguards for the pratection of workmen and others on, about, or adjacent to the work, as required under 1he parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standazcls. B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property firom damage. C. the Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations. Maintain protection during inst;illation and maintenance periods. D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barrica�3es) for all existing trees and palms as specified. 25.2.3.2.11 REPAIR OF DAMAGES E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by his operations to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the ex�sting condition prior to damage. F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all dam�ge done by his work or employees to other materials or trades' work. Patching and rep:lacement of damaged work may be done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. 25.2.3.3 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials i.n a first class condition from the beginning of landscape construction until Final Acce�tance. B. Operations: 1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pn.uiing, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, tw�f or planter settlement carrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and gu;�ing repair and tightening, wash-out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures c��nsistent with the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous an� healthy growth of all work under the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the UniversiTy of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous growth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final �vatering of not less than one inch of water for all planted materials before leaving the s�ite. 25.2.3.4 ;INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACC�P�'ANGE Z5.2.3.4.1 �INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor v��ill notify the Owner or the Owner's Representative that the job is ready for inspection. 'JVithin 15 days of notifications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Laz+dscape Contractor. SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 60 of 139 � I� � ' � � C� , � u � � EI � � � � � , 4/11 /2011 � � � L� r l , � Section IV — Technical Specificati�ms 25.2.3.4.2 REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not .meet the requirements set forth in Plans and Specifications. B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within I S days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction has been made. 25.2.3.4.3 AGCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material (if any) have been made, and completion of all other conection items, the Owner or Project Rep�-esentative will accept the project in writing. B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes respoxisibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after fi►�al acceptance of the project by the Owner. � , 1. If evidence exists of any lien'or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to dischazge such claim and all costs in connection with dischazging such � claim. 2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated i��em or an"approved equivalent", or � in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indic3te the price of the type and species specified in tt�e proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from his Contract price. The final selection rests with the Owner or liis representative. I3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate ded�zction from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under-specified plant materials. No � additional compensation will be made to the ��ontractor for plants installed that exceed specifications. � 25.2.3.5 WARRANTY � ' ' , �, :� A. The Conh-actor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is •either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notire, shall replace without delay same with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any pl,�nt require replacing, the new plant shall be given the equal amount of wazranty. SectionlV docx Revised (2).dcex Page 61 of 139 4/11/2011 Zs 26.1 Section IV — Technical Specificatians HDPE �DEfO�RMED = REFQRMED 6�tP'E �INI,NG INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of 8" to 12" sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyeth}�lene, jointless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistan� to withstand exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provi�ie for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INST�LLER ACCEPTABlLITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. �ee General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a�►roven extensive tract record for the fold and form liner system to be used in this projec;t. .All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evi�ience that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve th� satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 26.3 MATERIALS Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Ty�e 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with th�� applicable requirements. Material shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specime:ns shall comply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requ�irements: Material Pro e ASTM rQethod Value HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,30Q psi Elasticity Modulus E=113,OOQ psi HDPE Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft-lb/in Flexure Modulus , E=136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. c=0.009 in/in/deg F At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the tvne of delivery, the liner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, :holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requestecl, certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the materi�il conforms with the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Coniractor provide test results from field samples to the above requirements. � SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 62 of 139 4/l l/2011 � � � , � l� C� ' � � � � � �� r Section N — Technical Specificatians � Liner shall be mazked at 5-foot intervals or less with a r.oded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which tt►e liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for appr�val as requested, complete design 1 calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifel.ime of 50 yeazs, and no structural strength retained from the :existing pipe. Liner materials shz�l meet manufactures specifications , of Pipe Liners, Inc. 3421 N. Causeway, Suite 321, New Orl��ans, LA 70002, 1-800-344-3744 or approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be a��proved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequ�lification and/or equal liner system ' approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. � L� � I LJ � � � � � � , � � 26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean ;�nd prepaze the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the (:ontractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to c:ause minimum disruptions to local tr�c, residents and particulazly to commercial facilities. I)uring the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to prot�:ct the public, all property and the sewer from damage. - All material removed from the sewers sha11 be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work ��n each section of the ,project is completed, all pipe sections sha11 be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably tighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION Liner sha11 be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractc�r shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking pl�ice during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, teazs, cracks, th'vi spots, or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particulaz, confined spaces aze to be met. SectioniV docx Revised (2).docx Page 63 of 139 4/112011 Section IV — Technical Specificatians 26.7 �LATERAL R'ECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible io renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections aze to be grouted 1:o prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by ttze Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which aze observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Cont�•actor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regazding the con�:truction project. 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor cuid approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than a eight hour period without a service bypass being operated by the C��ntractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 26.9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all prepazation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measure:d from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to e:nd uf pipe for storm systems. 27 PLANT MIX 'DRIVEWAYS New driveways or existing black top driveways that must be broken back in widening the pavement (remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street} shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the exception that the base shall be six (6) inches: Use Section 23 G Asphaltic Concrete as specified for the street paving. When finished surface of existing drive is gravel, replace ment shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Plant Mix Driveways. 27.1 BASIS OF'MEASUR�EMENT . Measurement shall be the number of squaze yard of Plant Mi:� Driveways in place and accepted. 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Plant P�iix Driveways as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work describeci in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and iricidentals necessary to complete the work. SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 64 of l39 4/1 l/2011 � � � , � � � � .� LJ � L_ 1 ' i �� Section IV — Technical Specifications 28 �REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF R�EC`�(CL.ED MATERIALS This Article deleted. , 29 CONCRETE CURBS Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. , Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fib��r mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion join�ts shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at interva]s not to exceed 10 feet. In addition, , all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also a��ply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the p�acement of all concrete curbs. i � 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shall be lineal feet of curb in place and accepted. 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for � all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specificatians and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary t�� complete the work. � 30 � 30.1 , � � � �LJ � , ' r CON'CRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRiV�=Vi�AYS CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewallcs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Cancrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. A.Iso, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. Nc� compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints sh�ill be placed at intervals of not more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be m�ade every 5 feet. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirenients of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (6) inches in thickness with 6/6 x 10/10 welded wire mesh reinfc>rcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than four (4) i:eet measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh sha11 be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 65 of 139 4/l1/ZOl l Section N — Technical Specificatians The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREM-E�NT The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete sidewalk, and 6" concrete driveways in place and accepted. 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per squaze foot for each ite;m as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the woi�k. 31 SODDING Unless otherwise noted herein, the contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Section�: 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's Standard Specifications {latest edition). The azea for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediatety after placeme�rt. In sloped azeas, the sod shall be gzaded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and underminir.►g of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more than 72 hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure grovvlh, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans; payment for sod {inc:luding labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required for thi;� wc>rk and shall be paid for on the basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No paym�ent for sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. 32 SE'EDING Seed, or seed. and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans kn the following manner. The azea to be seeded shall be brought to the required line and gra.de, fertilized and seeded in basic conformance with the iatest edition of FDOT's Standazd S�►ecitications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and ,�rgentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to tota160 lb. of seed .per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. SectionlV docx Revised (3).doc�c Page 66 of 139 � � � , ' � � � � ;__J � , ' � , � _J ' � 4/II/2011 � � � LJ 1 ' , ' , � , , , , � � Section N — Technical Specificaticns When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall c��ver all labor, material, equipment (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid fc�r on the basis of each squaze yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown. as a bid item, then the cost,of such work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other wc�rk. 33 STORM !MANHOLES. INLETS, CATC�� ASfNS OR OTHER STORM �STRUCTURES For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B Index Numbers 200 to 235. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall ��e constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifications, Section Numbers 7, 8, & 9, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected and saved fronn d�unage by the elements or other causes until acceptance of the work. 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the Index Numbers 201 and 202. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as lazge a radius as possible. Changes in ;size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built 7ip rvith brick and mortar on top of concrete base. The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made s�mooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with �ane half inch of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher cowse. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammei�. 33.2 PRECAST TYPE The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches thick to secure proper seating and beazing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwisr, shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units aze substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standazd specifications at the manufacturers option. Precast structures must also meet the requirement that or► the lateral faces, either inside or ' outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be � provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of }nanhole lid can be accommodated. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Manhole using O ring between precast sections will not be acceptable for storm structures. � SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 67 of 139 4/11/2011 � Section N — Technical Specificatii�ns 33.3 `BASIS O"F PAYMENT Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. 34 MATER�IAL US`ED This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 19 — MAT:ERIAL USED. 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND �;PECI�FICATIONS ! � ' � This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 20 — CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND , SPECIFICATIONS. 36 STREET SIGNS The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Co:ntractor is PROHIBITED. All street sipns shall be removed, covered or relocated by the: City's Traffc �ngineering Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDi�T's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the City's Tr�c Engineering ]�ivision a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal. 37 37.1 AUDI0MDE0 RECORDING OF WO;F:K AREAS CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDtO/�JIDEO RECORDING Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audiolvideo recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project azeas. Streets, easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within tlxe Project must be recorded to serve as a record of a pre-construction conditions. 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO REC9JRDING The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty-o�ze (21) days prior to construction in any area. 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractor shall engage the services of a professio�2al videographer. The color audio videotapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre-construction color audio-videc> recording documentation. 37.4 EQUIPME`NT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to peiform t�his service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, cleaz pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the comrnentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 68 of 139 4/11/2011 �� ' ' � !J , , ' � � i � � � � 1 � r � ' � ' , , ' C� ' L� 1 � � � � Section IV — Technical Specifications 37.5 RECORDE'D INFORMATI4N, AUD10 Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accom�anying the video recording of each video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the catnera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differ�;ntiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion af the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 37.6 RECORDE'D INFORMATION VIDEO All video recordings must continuously display transparen�: digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contai.n the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds;. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. C;amera pan, tilt, zoom-in and zoom out rates shall be su�ciently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during videotape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperhue, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or� adjusted to maximize picture quality. 'I'he construction documentation shall be recorded in SP mode. 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and video portions of the recording shall maint�iin viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readil:y apparent to the videotape viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When con��entional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distan��e between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed l0 feet. The camera shail be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteaciy picture. 37.8 LIGHTING All recording shall be done during time of good visibilit��. No taping shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done v✓hen sufficient sunlight is present to .properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVE�L The average rate of �travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features witr►in that construction areas zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travE;l of the vehicle used during taping shall not exceed forty-four (44) feet per minute. SectionN docx Revised (2).doc�c Page 69 of 139 4i11J2011 Section N — Technical Specificatic�ns 37.10 VIDEO LOG/I'NDEX All videotapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by videotape number and project title. Each videotape shall have a log of that videotape's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning an�i end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available} and the date. � 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. SucY� coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc. within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fraciures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time. 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVIGES The cost to complete the requirements under this section sh�ill be included in the contract items provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item %r this work. • 38 38.1 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROD_ STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREA;i No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, d�;nuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulc:h, sod, or some other permanent vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with est;iblished permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. 38.2 PROTECTlOIV AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOGKPtLES Fill material stockpiles sliall be protected at all tirnes by on-�;ite drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the expected length of tir.ne the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30;i calendar days. 38.3 �PROTECTION OF EXISTI'NG STORM �►EWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stone, et<;., which shall be maintained and modified as required by construction progress, and which must be approved by the City Engineer before installation. SectionN docx'Revised (2).docx Page 70 of 139 4/11/2011 � � , r � , , , � , , � � �� 1 ' L_J � ' u � � 1 , , ' � �� , � i � ' i 1 , Section IV — Technical Specifications 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAP�PING MEASURES Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berms, filter fences, t�erms, sediment barriers, vegetative buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and/c�r prevent the transport of sediment onto adjacent .properties, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the case of vegetative buffers, protected from disturbance, as a first step in the land alteration process. Such systems shall be fully operative and inspe�cted by the City before any other disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to berms, earth filters, dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drairiage damage or erosion within one week of installation. 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASI'NS Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have temporazy sedimentation basins as a positive remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown �uld detailed on construction plans. During development, permanent detention areas may be used in place of silt basins, provided they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City. _ The Contractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt through the outfall structure during construction of any detention azea and will be required to clean out the detention area before installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In addition, permaiient detention areas must be totally cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and �it the end of the one yeaz warranty period. When temporary sedimentation basins aze used, they shall be capable at all times of contain-ing at least one (1) cubic foot of sediment for each o:ne hundred (100) square feet of area tributary to the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular removal of sediment from the basin. 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERIIM1IAYS OR WATERBODIES Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and intermittent waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 feet from tup of bank of the waterways and the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel work cannot be avoided, precautions must be taken to �stabilize the work area during land alteration, development and/or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buffer area are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days after the in channel work is completed. Silt curtains or other filter/siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstream side of the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Wherever stream crossings aze required, properly sized temporary culverts shalt be provided by the contractor and removed when construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be restored to a condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity. 38.7 SWAL�ES, D.tTCHES AND CHANNELS All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 7I of 139 4/11/2011 Section N — Technical SpeciScatians 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUC►TION The construction of underground utility lines and other stn�ctures shall be done in accordance with the following standards: a. No more than 4001ineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time; b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall �iot be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. 38.9 MAINTENANCE All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked re4;ularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. 38.90 COMPLIANCE Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a"Stop Work Order". City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601 and 607 are examples of accepted methods that may be used or required to control erosion and siltation. SectionN doex Revised (2).docx Page 72 of 139 � , � ' � ' �� ' � C� � � ,--, � � � � t 4/11/2011 ' u � � , ' � � � ' u ' , , � , �J ' J , Section IV — Technical Specifications City of Clearwater - Eros�om Control This notice is to inforrn the prime contractor that the City o:f Clearwater holds them responsible for soil erosion control on their site. The City of Clearwater Engineering Department has the responsibility to minimize the amount of soil erosion into the City's streets, storm sewers and waterways. - The construction of a new residence or commercial site and major remodeling of an existing site creates a potential for soil erosion. These instances aze u:>ua11y the result of contractors and subcontractors accessing the properiy with equipment or con;struction materials. Then rain storms redistribute the eroded soil into the adjacent streets, storm sy;�tems and waterways. When erosion takes place, a City Inspector will place a correction notice at the site. The procedure will be as follows: 1 st occurrence - Warning 2nd occurrence - $32� Re-inspection Fee 3rd occurrence - $80 Re-inspection Fee 4th occurrence - Stop Work Order Dependent on the severity of the erosion, the City's Enginee:ring Department may elect to rectify the erosion problem and charge the contractor accordingly. The attached drawings and details are recommendations for the contractor to use as means to support the site from eroding. The contractor may elect to shflvel and sweep the street daily or on an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in check. If the contractor would like to meet with a City inspector c�n any particular site, please contact Construction Services at 562-4750 or Planning & Developmc;nt Services at 562-4741. Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erosion control on all land development projects. Erosion control must be in place and maintained throughouf the job. Failure to do so may result in additional costs and time delays to the permit holder. Contact Engineering Department with specific questions at 562-4750. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 73 of I39 4/11/20I1 Section IV — Technical Specifications CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF EROSION VIOLATION UNDER SECTION 3-701 (DIVISION 7— EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL) OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER CODE OF ORDINANCES, THIS SITE HAS BEEN FOUND IN VIOLATION. THIS SITE MUST BE RESTORED TO AN EROSION GnNTROLLED SITE PRIOR T�? ANY FURTHER DEVELOPMENT TO CONTINUE. Warning $32.00 Re-inspection Fee $80.00 Re-inspection Fee Stop Work Order DATE POSTED: Inspector's Narne: Inspector's Signature: CITY OF CLEARWATER PLANIVING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 727 562-4741 & ENGINEERING/CONSTRUCTION 727 562-4750 Received by: (Signature indicates only a copy of this notice has been received and does not in any way indicate admission of guilt or concunence with findings of the inspector.) IT IS A VIOLATION TO REMOVE THIS NOTICE ANY UNAUTHORIZED PERSON REMOVING THIS SIGN WILL BE PROSECUTED SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 74 of 139 4/11/2011 � � � � � � � � � � � �r r � � � �r � � ' Section N — Technical Specifications , 39 UTIL�ITY TIE IN �LOCATION MARKING� ' � ' C� �J n � �J ' � ' ' � , ' , , , The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly mazked on the back of the curb. Mazking placed on the curb shall be perpendiculaz with respect to the curb of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not t�e placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service connection. Mazkings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the American Public Works Association as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution sind Transmission Dangerous Mater-ials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT OR.ANGE Telephone and T�;legraph Systems Police and Fire C'ommunications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systerns Slurry Pipe Lines SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems LAVENDER RECLAIMED WATER WHITE PROPOSED EX�CAVATION Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangulaz in shape arn� piaced with the long dimension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Mazks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be 6-inch x 3-inch and placed at the back of the curb. Mazks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be 4-inch X 2-inch and be placed on the curb face. 40 AWARD OF CONTRA�CT, WORK SC�HI:E�DULE AND GUARANTEE , , This article not used. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 24 —:�WARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE. 41 POTABLE WATE:RMAINS, REC.LAIME:D WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANC!ES 41.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall fumish all plant, �labor, mater.'ials and equipment to perform a11 operations in connection with the construction of potable water m��ins; reclaimed water mains and appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, bac�:filling and clean up. SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx Page 75 of I39 4/1 I/2011 Section IV — Technicat Specificaticns 41.2 �MATE-RIALS 41.2.1 GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies fumished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructe�i .and finished to high standards of workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modem design and engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed beazings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical canosion and other damaging effects during shipment and construction. 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 41.2.2.1 DUCTILE tRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSUAWWA. C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure sha11 cc>nform to the following table: Size Class Thickness R�ted Water Working Pressure �n•� �Sn 4" 51 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 350 12" 50 0.31 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom tre:nch bac�ill lightly consolidated to centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSUAWWA C151/A21.51 81:or latest revision. Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standazd cF:ment lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latest revision. � 41.2.2.2 �POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE "Polyvinyl C�hloride (PVC) Pipe 4-inch through 8-inch shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing :Materials (ASTIv� Standazd D 2241 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specificatic,n D 1784. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Filtings. Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and iaying length shall conform to the following table: SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 76 of l39 r� � �I � �J ' , � , � ' J � , � � , II � i 4/ll/2011 ' i � ' , � � Section N — Technical Specificatic>ns Size Dimension Ratio Rated Water W'orking Pressure Laying Length (OD/Thick.) (PSI) (Ft) 4 18 l:>0 20 6 18 1:�0 20 8 18 1:�0 20 Pipe larger than 8-inch shall be ductile iron. The City Engirieer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes 4-inch through 8-inch when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of 4-inch and latger PVC ,pipe shall consist of an in�egral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of AS'TM D 1869. Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will rem�iin legible during normal handling, � storage and installation and so designate the testing agency t}�at verified the suitabiliTy of the pipe material for potable water service. � � ' � � � � I� � � , ' � All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands. of insulated 12 gauge A.W.G. solid strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about 18=inches between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a 2-in.ch PVC pipe to l2-inches minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The 2-inch PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the 2-inch PVC pipe shall be plu;ged with a 2-inch removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 41.2.2.3 FITTINGS AND JOtNTS Fitting from 4-inch through 16-inch in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSUAWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. :Bolts, nuts and gaskets sha11 be in accordance with requirements of ANSUAWWA C 153/A 2l .53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with require requirements of ANSUAWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSUAWWA C111/A 21.11. When re�erence is made to ANSUAWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings azid accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. 41.2.2.4 RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. 41.2.2.5 PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being inst�lled and have properly sized casing spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipF� will be centered within the casing. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 77 of 139 4/I1/2011 Section IV — Technicai Specificatiuns Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris within the casing itself. It shall lie sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method by the Engineer. 41.2.3 GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above gade outside structwes, shail be handwheel operated with rising stems. Valves 4-inches and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with 2-inch square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they aze to be u;�ed. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). Pressure Rating: Unless otherwise shown or specified, valv�;s fc�r high pressure service shall be rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, nonshock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. Installation: Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through �valves. Two Inch Diameter and smaller: Not allowed. These should t>e approved ball valves. Three Inch Diameter: Not allowed. Four Inch to Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate Valves, 4 to 16-inch diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with ANSUA.W.W.A. Standard Specificat-ion G509-515 latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistent bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with O ring bonnet seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body.. Lazger than Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate valves lazger than ] 6-inch shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves e;ncapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSUAWWA. These valves shall inclucle the following features consistent with C509-80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leal:age at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, e:�ctended type geaz case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by-pass. 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of standazd extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers aze allowed as part of a va:lve box assembl_y. They aze to be 3- piece valve box assembles. The lower part of the assembly �;an be ordered in various heights to accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be oi' cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refi;r to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5& Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City [ndez No. 502; Sheet l of 2& Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail. SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 78 of 139 . 4/l1/2011 ' � ' LJ � r, �J �J � �J � � � � � � , � ' � � ' , �J � , ' ' � Section N — Technical Specificatians 41.2.5 HYDRA'NTS No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be usE:d in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater potable water system: • Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant • AVK Nostalgic 2780. • American Darling B-84-B. No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of'the AWWA Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: 1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery. 2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard C-50� latest revision and must be UL/FM listed. 3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure. 4. The operating threads will be contained in an oper�{ting chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an O-ring seal. The chamber will contai�i a lubricating grease or oil. 5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two ' sections with the break flange located approximately 2-inch above the ground line. Breakaway bolts not allowed. ' , � �I f �� ' , , 6. Operating nut shall be of one-piece bronze or ductile iron construction. 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operatir.►g mechanism from grit buildup and conosion due to moisture. 8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stern lock nut to facilitate operation. 9. Operating nut shal l be a#7 (1-1 /2-inch) pentagon nut., 10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, 1/4 turn type with O-ring seals or threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device. 11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber. 12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronz.e insert in the hydrant shoe, with O- rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the sl�ioe. 13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections with a breakable coupling. 14. Hydrant shall have a 6-inch Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories. 15. Hydrant shall have a 5-1/4-inch valve operung, and s�►all be a left hand operation to open. 16. Hydrant shall be without drains. �, 17. Hydrant shall .have two (2) 2-1/2-inch hose nozzles and one .(1) 4-1/2-inch pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. , SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx ' Page 79 of 139 4/11/2011 Section N — Technical Specificatians 18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints sha11 comply with AWWA standard C-502-85 or latest revision. All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AW WA Specification C 502. Constrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolte�i m�chanical and swivel joints from the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Constrained joints shall absorb a11 thrust and prevent movement of the hydrant. � All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve :>o that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve ir.� the distribution system. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water syst�m unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to 4-inch P.'V C. water main. The largest service connection allowable on 4-inch main shall be 1-1/2-inch. Service saddles shall be used on a112- inch service connections to 6-inch and lazger mains. Service saddles (3CM 406 series or Ford FC 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or n.ylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps. 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND. REPAIRS 1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specification and basis of rejection sha11 be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materi��ls. 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and appraved by the Engineer after delivery; and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used. 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brougt�t to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejectiori of the damaged items. 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS The Gity of Glearwater owns and maintains all bac:kflow prevention devices that are installed within fheir system. Therefore, any and all devices must be purchased #rom the City and installed by City work �orces. Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's sen ice lines at the point of delivery (service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with 1�WWA specification C506 or latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are 111owed.. Type of device, when required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow of water within the customers private sy,>tem. The types of devices allowed are: SectionIV docx Revised (2).doc�c Page 80 of 139 ' � � � � L�� ' , IJ ., J �] I J J i � r ' �J � �� 4/I1/2011 � ' Section IV — TechnicaC Specificatians ' 1. Double Check Valve Assembly a device composed of two single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the wat�:rtightness of each check valve. ' 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device a device containing a minimum of two independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located berNeen the two check valves. The unit , must include tightly closing shutoff valves located �it each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. �, �� !J , � ' � ' 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JC:NI 412 or Smith-Blair 622. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and 3/4-inch bronz� test plug. 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS Blow offs are not allowed. 41.3 CONSTRUCTION 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING 1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded rolled against pipe already on the ground. 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any ' part of the coating or lining is damaged; the repair sba11 be made by the Contractor at his expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. ' � u � � , C� � 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, ea:ch piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING 41.3.2.1 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bell� , and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. A'll pipe installed shall be pigged and .properly blovv�l off before any pressure testing and steriiization of the pipe can be completed. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of 30-inches and a maximum of 42- inches below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a d�;viation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relc>cation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 81 of 139 4/11/2011 Section IV — Technical Specificaticros 41.3.2.2 INSTALLATION Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the F;ngineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient �performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be cazefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a mannc.r as to prevent damage to materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstarices shall materials be dropped or dumped in the trench. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or ;iccessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. Th�: Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for crack:: and other defects while suspended above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends sha11 be examined with particulaz care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the be:ll shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put �the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into it, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. Duri�ig laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The; pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material tamped under it except at the X�ells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure� pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise. by the Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of 10 per cent or greater, the laying shall start at bottom and sha11 proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. Wherever it is necessary to deflect ,pipe from a straight line;, either in the vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems; or where Ic�ng radius curves aze permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of ANSUAWWA C600-82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, tr�;nch conditions are unsuitable. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 82 of 139 � i ' ' � ^ � � C' LJ � '� ' � � CI LJ � � 4/I1/2011 � ' i � � � , � l_ J ' I LI Seciion �IV — Technical Specificarions 41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS ANU FtTTINGS 41.3.3.1 GENERAL Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for instailation of pipe. 41.3.3.2 VALVES Vaives in water mains shall, where possible, be located o�i the street property lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be iristalled at the tee in all cases, not to exceed 18-inches from the main line. The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the v�ilve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush witti the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be d'uected. Refer to �City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5& Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index �[�10. 502; Sheet 1 of 2& Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail. 41.3.3.3 HYDRANTS Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located 10-feet of more from the main shall have a gate valve at th�: main and another gate valve at the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of two valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved hy the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the � curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants sha11 be set to the established grade, with nozzles as shovm or as directed by the Engineer. � , I ,� i �� Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a 6-inch ductile iron branch controlled by an independent 6 inch gate valve: 41.3.3.4 ANCHORAGE Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless other�vise specified shall be prevented by attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed .per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in piace with r�strained swivel joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydlrant runout length .precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel j oints. Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall l�e in accordance with details shown on the plans. 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO ;EXISTING LINES Where shovm on the plans or directed by the Engineer, th�� water lines constructed under this ' contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in placf;. No such connection shall be made until all requuements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. � SectionN dcex Revised (2).docx Page 83 of l39 4/11/20l 1 , Sectior► IV — Technical $pecificaticros Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using prop��r materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized �nd pipe will be properly swabbed before connections to existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under ihe supervision of the City of Clearwater Water Divisii�n. 41.4 TESTS 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hycirostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conf�arm to AWWA C600 latest revision. All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test �;hal] be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engin �er. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary appazatus, together with operating personnel, ;�hal:l be furnished by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be �xpelled from the pipe line. 41.4.2 NOTiCE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative 48-hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 41.5 STERlLIZATION Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance with AWWA C651. 41.5.1 STERILfZING AGENT The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium h}rpochlorite solution conforming to Federal Specification 0 S 602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or "Perchloron". 41.5.2 FLU$HING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains sliall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing shall continue unfil a clean, clear stream of water flows fro�n the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shali be accomplisr�ed at the installed blow off devices generally at the ends of the lines. 41.5.3 STERIUZAT�ION PROCEDURE All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall l�e sterilized with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any .point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact F�eriod of eight (8) hours and never more than 24 hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. SectionN docx Revised (2).doac Page 84 of 139 4/1 I/2011 ' � � � � ' � , �I, , �. �� L�' ' � � � � � LJ 1 ' ' C ' �� ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' � � � ' Section N — Technical Specifications 41.5.4 RES{DUA�L CHLORINE TESTS After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free residual chlorine tests not less than 0:2 ppm nor more than �t.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DP:D test set. 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative p�;rsonnel shall take samples of water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable :�teritized containers. The City shall forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shalr be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfa.ctorily completed before the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as outlined above. If inethods of sterilization differ materially from those outl'vied above, such methods shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Boazd of He;�lth and all methods employed shall have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure cleazance of the water main from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into operation. 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 41.6.1 GENERAL Bids must include all sections and items as specified herE;in and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be rnade at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials require�d to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost af such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: • Cleating and grubbing • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal • Shoring and/or dewatering � Structural fill • Backfill • Grading • Tracer wire � Refill materials • Joints materials • Tests and sterilization • Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page SS of 139 4/11/2011 41.6.2 41.6.2.1 Section IV — Technical Specificaticros FURNIS°H AND INSTALL WATER MAIN�� MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shali be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the cex�terline of the completed pipe Iine, including the length of valves and fittings. 41.6.2.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for fumishing all plant, Iabor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains c��mplete and ready for operation. 41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 41.6.3.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily fumished and installed. Fitting weight�; shall be based on weights stamped on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weiglits by more than the tolerances permitted in ANSUAWWA C110/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 41.6.3.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compens�tion for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment required to fiunish and install ductile iron fittings. ' ' � � , � � ' ' , 41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS t 41.6.4.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment sha11 be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily fumished and installed. 41:6.4.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve <;omplete with box and cover. 41.6.5 +FURNFSH AND 'INSTALL FIRE HYDRAN'TS 41.6.5.1 'MEASUREME�NT The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily fumished and installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are listed in Section 41.2.5. No exceptions. 41.6.5.2 PAYME�NT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compens;�tion for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant a�mplete including necessary thrust SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 86 of 139 4/11/2011 ' � , , ' � J L�1 � � 1 ll 1 C ' � � � Section IV — Technical Specificatic�ns anchorage, 6-inch pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. � 42 GAS SYSTEM SP:EGIFICATIONS This article not applicable. 43 TENNtS COURTS 43.1 PAVED TEN�NIS COURTS 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS All soil under courts shall be treated with DSMA 184 at the rate of 2 pounds active ingredient per 1,000 square foot. Materials shall be brought to the job site in tagged container. s. T ags shall be retained and tumed into the Engineer's Office. 43.1.2 BASE COURSE Base Course shall be Limerock 6" thick after compaction. S��ecifications for the base shall be the same as those for Limerock in Section IV - Article 22 of the City of Clearwater Technical Specifications. Snbgrade stabilizing will not be required. Surface shall be cut to within 1/2" of true grade in prepar�tion of 1" leveling course. Prior to applying prime coat, surface sha11 be approved by the Engineer. 43.1.3 PRIME COAT � The material used for prime coat shall be cut-back Asphalt Grade RC-70 or RC-250 and shall conform to Section 300 of the Florida State Department of Transportation's "Standazd Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction". , 43.1.4 LEVELING COURS'E A.Leveling Course shall be a minimum of i" of Type S-IIl Asphaltic Concrete as specified in � Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Leveling Course shall be constructed ruIUUng East and West. ' Finish surface of leveling course shall not vary more than 1/4" when checked with a 10 foot straight edge. If a deficiency of more than '/4" exists, the Er�gineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial w��rk shall be without compensation. ' 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE Surface course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section ' 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (iatest edition). The ��uri�ace Course shall be constructed running North and South. � Finish surfaces shall not vazy more than 1/4" in 10 feet. Prior to application of color coat, surface shall be checked for low areas by flooding the surface with �vater. Low areas sha11 be patched as approved by the Engineer prior to application of the color coat. No areas which retain water will � SectionIV docx Revised (Z).doac Page 87 of 139 4/I 1/2011 , Seciion IV — Technical Specificaticrns be approved. If a deficiency of more than '/4" exists, the Er�gineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.6 COLOR COAT 43.1.6.1 �MATERIALS Materials used in the patclung and color coating of Te�inis Courts shall be manufactured specifically for Tennis Court Application. All materials must be approved by the Engineer prior to ttie start of construction. Request for approval of coating materials may be submitted prior to fhe opening of bids. In requests for approval, the Contractor shall present manufacturer's literature along with the name, address, and date of three previous Tennis Court applications of the propased material. 43.1.6.2 43.1.6.2.1 CONSTRUCTION SURFACE PREPARATION The surface to be coated must be sound, smoath, and free from loose dirt or oily matenials. Prior to the application of surfacing materials, #k�� entire s�uface should be checked for minor depressions or irregulazities. If it is determinecl that minor conections are necessary, the Contractor shall make repairs using approved tack coat and/or patching mix in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for use. After patching the surface shall not vary more than 1/8" in ten feet in any direction. If a deficiency of mare than 1/8" exists, the Engineer will deternnine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. In order to provide a smooth, dense underlayment of the finish course, one or more applications of resurfacer or patch mi� shall be applied to the underlaying; surface as deemed necessary by the Engineer. Asphaltic concrete Surface Course with a smooth tight mix and no ponding, will not require the resurfacing or patching mix. Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course which is course and rough or is ponding water will require the use of the resurfac��r or patch mix. No applications shall be covered by a succeeding application until thoroughly cured. 43.1.6.2.2 FINISH COLOR COURSE The finish course shall be applied to a clean, dry surface in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. A minimum of two applications of color coat will be required. Texture of cured color coat is to be regulated in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to provide a medium speed surface for tenius play. The color of application shall be dazk green for the regulati��n double's playing area and red for all other others. The finished surface shail have a uniform appearance and be free from ridges and tool mazks. 43.1.6.3 PLAYfNG LINES Forty-eight (48) hours minimum after completion of the re:curfacing, 2 inch wide playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with approved marking paint. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 88 of 139 � 4/11/2Q11 � � L�' ' t ' ' , � , � � � _J ' � � � ' , � , � ' � ' � ' � � , ' , tJ '� � ' Section IV — Technical Specificatiuns 43.1.6.4 WEATHER LIMITATIONS No parts of the constntction involving Tennis Court surfa.cing or patching products shall be conducted during rainfall, or when rainfall is imminent or unless the air temperature is at least 50 Degree's F and rising. NOTE: The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum or 24 hours in advance of all base and asphalt related work. 43.2 CLAY TE�NNfS COURTS 43.2.1 GENERAL 43.2.1.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipm�ent necessary for the installation of clay tennis court(s) as set forth in these specifications and lor the construction drawings. The scope of work is indicated on drawings and specified herein. Ba.sis of design for clay courts with sub-surface irrigation system is Hydrogrid Tennis, Inc. or pri��r approved equal. 43.2.1.2 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS The Owner may make such investigation as he deems nece��sary to determine the ability of the Bidder to perform the work and the Bidder shalI furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this pt,u�pose as the Owner may request. The Owner i•eserves the right to reject any Bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigations of such Bidders fail to satisfy the owner that such Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of th�; Contract and to complete the work contemplated herein within the time limit agreed upon. Factors to be considered in awarding the Bid shall include the successful completion of similar sub••surface irrigation clay tennis court installations of like value, scope, size and quality as this project, with in the last five (5) years. The Owner desires to award this contract to f rms that have been in business for a minimum of five (5} years. The qualifications and experience of the perso�inel assigned to the project will be a determining factor in the award of the Bid. 43.2.1.3 STANDARDS The Contractor shall perform all work in a thorough, wo:rkmanlike manner and conform to standards for tennis court construction as prescribed or approved by the United States (Lawn) Tennis Association and the United States Tennis Court arid 7'ract Builders Association. The Contractor shall construct the tennis courts with laser guided equipment. 43.2.1.4 BUILDING PERMITS AND TAXES The Contractor shall secure all construction permits required by law, the City of Clearwater will waive all permit fees. 43.2.1.5 COURT LAYOUT The Owner shall establish two horizontal control points and a construction bench mazk. The ' Contractor shall locate the four corners of each batter� and shall layout the courts in conformance with the specifications and drawings. � SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 89 of 139 4/11/2011 ' Section N — Technical Specifications 43.2.1.6 BUILDING REQUIREMENTS The Owner shall provide and maintain reasonable access ta the construction site, as well as an area adjacent to the site for storage and preparation of mate:rials. Adequate water outlets within fifty (50) feet of the site shall be provided. 43.2.1.7 SCHEDULE The Owner desires to award the contract to firrns who will complete this project in a reasonable time schedule. Consideration in awarding this bid will be given to firrns who may commence and complete the project within a reasonable period of time after awazd of the bid. The Owner, in its sole discretion, will determine the reasonable schedule staiidard as it relates to the "Notice to Proceed." 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION 43.2.2.'! SUITABILITY The Contractor shall examine the site to determine its suitability for installation of the courts. 43.2.2.2 DEMOLITION The contractor shall demo the existing tennis courts, remove the existing ten (10) foot high fence surrounding the tennis courts and all underground utilities »vithin the limits of the construction area. Utilities extending outside the construction limits shall be capped and terminated. The existing tennis courts shall be ground into millings suitable to be mixed into the sub-grade at the proposed location of the new clay tennis courts. Any sub-grade material beneath the existing tennis courts not suitable for planting beds shall be removed and also utilized as sub-grade material beneath the new courts. All demolition materials not utilized in construction of the new courts shall be removed and disposed from the project site. The Contractor shall provide documentation of any recycled materials. 43.2.2.3 SUB-GRADE The sub-grade shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final sub-grade elevation. The sub-grade shall be graded level. A compactian to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTC► T 180 is required. The Contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.2.4 FINAL GRADE The final grades outside the tennis court areas and within th�; construction 'limits shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the �nal gra�ie elevations with positive drainage away from tennis courts and towazds drainage swales or outfall structures. A cornpaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density ;is determined by AASHTO T 180 is required. The contractor shall provide documentation of tesri�ig tc� the Owner. 43.2.3 SLOPE 43.2.3.1 SLOPE �REQUIREMENTS Rate and direction of slope of the finished surfaces shall be ��ne (1) inch in forty (40) feet, all in one plane, as indicated on the drawings. SectionIV docx Revised (Z).docx � Page 90 of 139 4/l 1/2011 ' ' � � � � � �! , � �I'' � � � ' hl � ' � , , � 43.2.4 43.2.4.1 Section N — Technical Specifications BASE CONSTRUCTION LINER � Two layers of 6 mil construction plastic shall be installed over the sub-grade surface with a minimum overlap of five (5) feet where pieces are joined. U;�e only materials that are resistant to deterioration when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154, as follows: ' ' ' �� ' 11 , � � � � , � � , 1 a. Polyethylene sheet, Construction Grade. 43.2:4.2 BASE COURSE The base course shall consist of six (6) inches of porous base material as supplied by Quality Aggregate of Sarasota Florida. The surface of the base couzse shall be smooth and even, and it shall be within one-quarter (1/4) inch of the established grade;. 43.2.4'.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM Perforated pipe shall be installed in trenches in the base cours�. These trenches shall be in on four (4) foot centers and shall be run perpendicular to the slope of the court. The pipe shall be two and one-quarter (2-1/4) inch diameter with a nylon needle punched sock surtounding the pipe. Six (6) water control canisters shall be installed per court with each canister controlling five (5) grid pipe trenches. Provide all required controls systems time clocks; float switches, control wiring and solenoids, etc. for a complete sub-surface irrigatic�n system. 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING 43.2.5.1 CURB Brick curb shall be installed azound the entire perimeter of the court azea with an elevation of one-quarter (1/4) to one-half (1/2) inch above the finished screening course elevation. 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE 43.2.6.1 COURT SURFACE A surface course of ISP Type II Aquablend or Lee Hyro��lenci tennis court material shall be installed over the screening course to a compacted depth of one (1) inch. The Aqua/Hydroblend material shall be watered to its full depth immediately after leveling and then compacted by rolling with a tandem roller weighing 600 to 1000 pounds. The finished surface shall not vary from specified grade by more than one-eighth (1/8) inch. 43.2.7 ROOT BAR�RIER Root barrier (geo-tech fabric) eighteen (18) inches height sha11 be placed in a trench on the outside edge of fihe perimeter curbing eighteen (18) inch�:s in depttt with herbicide coating buttons to prevent plant root systems in entering the sub-surface base course of the clay tennis courts. . SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx Page 91 of 139 4/I 1/2011 Section N — Technical Specificatic�ns 43.2.8 FENCING 43.2.8.1 DESIGN The contractor shall provide a total. color coated fencing s��stem as indicated on drawings and described herein. All components: frames, fabric and fittir:�gs shall be black. Basis of Design Ameristar HT 25 or prior approved equal subject to strict a�mpliance with Ameristaz published specification. 43.2.8.2 POSTS All posts shall be a minimum 2-1/2" Ameristar HT:25 pipe; top rails 1-5/8" Ameristar HT 25 pipe with manufacturers standard "Permacoat" color systern. 43.2.8.3 FENCE FABRIC , Fence Fabric shall be 1-3/4" #6 gauge mesh throughout, manufactures standard galvanized wire with PVC coating. All fabric to be knuckled on both selvage::. 43.2.8.4 GATES Provide gates at locations indicated. At service gates, p��ovide a keeper that automatically engages gate life and holds it in the open position until mani�ally released. Provide gate stops for double gates consisting of a mushroom-type flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and designed to engage a center drop rod or plunger-bar. IncludE; a locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the latch, permitting hoth gate leaves to be locked with a single padlock. Provide latch, fork type or plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, with padlock eye as an integral part of the latch. Gate Hinges — Size and material to suit gate size, non-lift-offtype, and offset to permit 180-degree gate openi�ig. ]?rovide one and one-half (1-1/2) pair of hinges for each leaf over six (6) foot nominal height. 43.2.9 WlNDSCREENS The contractor shall provide nine (9) foot high windscreer�s at all ten (10) foot high fencing. Basis of design is Durashade plus by Ball Products, Inc. c>r equal by Putterman. Black high- density polyethylene, eight (8) oz. per square yard edges hemmed with grommets at twelve (12) inch on center. Attach to chain link fencing at the top and bottom with 50 LBS plastic ties. 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT 43.2.10.1 POST FOUNDATIONS Post foundations shall be not less thari thirty-six (36) inches in length, eighteen (18) inches in width and thirty (30} inches in depth. Foundations shall be placed to provide an exact distance between posts of forty-two (42) feet on a doubles court and thirty-three (33) feet on a singles court. 43.2.10.2 �NET POSTS � SLEEVES Net posts shall be galvanized steel having an outside diame:ter of not less than two and seven- eighths (2 7/8) inches with electrostatically applied enamel finish and shall be equipped with a reel type net tightening device. Post sleeves and posts shall b�� set plumb and true so as to support SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 92 of 139 4/112011 � , � , ' , � � i � � � � � , , � � � L� 1 , � � � ' ' Section IV — Technical Specifications the net a height of forty-two (42) inches above the court surface at the posts. Post sleeves shall be Schedule 40 PVC to be set in concrete per net post manufact�ares recommendation. 43.2.10.3 CENTER STRAP ANCHOR A center strap anchor shall be firnily set in accordance with t�e rules of the USTA. 43.2.10.4 NET A tennis net conforming to the USTA regulations shall be iiistalled on each court. The net shall have black synthetic netting, a headband of white synthetic rnaterial in double thickness with the exterior treated for resistance to mildew and sunlight, and bottom and end tapes of back synthetic material treated to prevent deterioration from the sunlight. A vinyl coated, impregnated steel cable, having a diameter of one quarter (1/4) inch and a length five (5) feet greater than length between the net post shall hold the net in suspension. The net shall have tie strings of a synthetic material at each corner. Basis of Design — Duranet DTS by Ball Yroducts, Inc. 43.2.10.5 CENTER STRAP Provide a centei strap of white heavy duty polyester webbin�; with black oxide coated brass slide � buckles and nickel plated double end snap. Center strap shall be placed on the net and attached to the center strap anchor. , , � � � ' � ' , � � 43.2.10.6 LINE TAPES Line tapes shall be 100% nylon and shall be two (2) inches in width. The tapes sha11 be firmly secured by aluminum nails with aluminum length of tv��o and one-half (2 — 1/2) inches. Positioning shall be in accordance with regulations of the USTA. 43.2.10.7 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT Deliver the following equipment to the owner: 1. Ride-on Tandem Roller - Brutus AR-I Roller, automatic forwazd-neutral-reverse transmission; 24 inch wide drum; 3-horse power Brig,gs and Stratton.engine. 2. Hand drag brooms (4 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame with 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 3. Tow drag brooms (1 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 4. Deluxe Proline Line Sweeper (4 each) - friction-driven rubber sleeves; synthetic bristle brush; with fence hook cast aluminum. 5. Scarifier/Lutes (2 each) - 30" wide all aluminum; Pro�ine. 6. Tennis Shoe Cleaners (2 each) - steel frame constn.�ction "Scrusher" exact installation location by Owner. 7 8 Tennis Two Step (2 each) - polyethylene construction witli two rubber panels. Court Rake (1 each) — six-foot length aluminum. SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx Page 93 of 139 4/I 1 /2011 Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE Provide shade structures as indicted on drawings. Basis c�f design: Suntrends, Inc. "Cabana Bench 8" — 8' long x 6' wide gable design with standazd can��as canopy, direct burial installation. Provide concrete footing, size and reinforcement as required by shade structure manufacture. 43.2.12 WATER SOUF2CE (Potable) The owner shall supply water line to within fifty (50) feet of the courts with 50 pounds per square inch running pressure at its terminus. This line shall have the capacity to supply 30 gallons of water per minute for each court. 43.2.13 CONCRETE Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM �C 150, aggregates per ASTM C 33, and potable water. Mi�c materials to obtain concrete witli a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3,500 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu. yd., 1-inch maximum size aggregate, 3-inch maximum slump. 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGFiTIING 43.2.14.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide signed and sealed electrical shop drawings by a professional electrical engineer for approval of the relocation and re-aiming of the existing tennis court sport lighting fixtures and electrical service to water coolers. The shop drawings shall include all necessary information according to local electrical codes in providing a complete operating system from the existing electrical panel. The shop drawings shall provide data showing the maximum foot candles the existing fixtures will provide at it;> new locations for tournament play. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Pazks and Recreatior� Department for approval. 43.2.14.2 RE-LAMP The Contractor shall re-lamp and clean lens . of all existing �ighting fixtures after relocating the light pole and fixtures to its new location. Ttie City will provide the new lamps. 43.2.14.3 ELECTRICAL PERMIT The Contractor shall submit electrical drawings to City of Cl�;arwater Planning and Development Services to obtain permits for installation of the electrical wo:rks. 43.2.14.4 POLES 8� FIXTURES The Contractor shall install three (3) new sixty foot (60'} poles and fourteen (14) new fixtures. The City will purchase and provide the new poles and fixtw•es for the Contractor to install, any other miscellaneous items required to provide a complete o�>erable system shall be provided by the Contractor. Attached with this specification aze the photometric lumin<<tion charts for the eight-(8) tennis courts. This information is providecl by Musco Sport Lighting, 1838 East Chester Drive, Suite #iO4, High Point, NC 27265, phone (336) 887-0770 f� (336) 887-0771. Contact Douglas A. Stewart. Contractor shall install the poles and fixtures based on the fol Iowing information: SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 94 of 139 � � � � ' ' , i , � � � � � � � � � 4/11/2011 � , � � , ' ' � i , � � � � r ' ' � � � Section IV — Technical Specificatians Pole T1 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole TS Pole T2 existing 12 fixture pole, remove six fixtures and place on pole TS Pole T3 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole TS Pole T4 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole TS new pole w/existing sixteen fixtures (8 on one side and 8 on the other} and 2 circuits Pole T6 new pole with new seven fixtures and two c:ircuits Pole T7 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole TS Pole T8 existing 12 fixture pole, remove four fixtures and place on pole TS Pole T9 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole TS Light levels ended up at 58+ footcandles. Existing poles have concrete footing approximately one foc�t wide on all sides Contractor shall plan relocation light poles accordingly. 43.2.14.5 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS Existing electrical conduits aze installed individually to the existing light pole, it is suggested the Contractor place electrical junction boxes at existing pole lo��ations and utilize existing conduits. New conduits will be required for the three (3} new light pc�les and the Contractor shall include the cost for these electrical conduits in the relocating of the new �ight poles. 43.2.15 WATER COOLER 43.2.15,1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for tl�e installation of water cooler in the cabana area of the tennis courts, electrical, water and drainage submitted to the Pazks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.15.2 WATER FOUNTAIN Basis for design: Halsey Taylor HOF Series — water cooler with seated back panels, or equal. 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION Instruct the Owner's personnel on proper operation and main�tenance of court and equipment. C � � + � F �' �' I_ti � : � _ 1. � � 43.2.17.1 EQUIPMENT The Contractor shall supply warranty cards and operation and rnaintenance manuals for all equipment to the Owner upon completion of construction of the project. 43.2.'17.2 WA�RRANTY The Contractor shall warranty the courts, fencing, sidew��lks and court accessories against defective materials and /or workmanship for a period of one (1} yeaz from the date of completion. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 95 of 139 4/11l2011 Section N — Technical Specificati��ns 43.2.17.3 WARRANTY SUB-SURFACE IRRIGATIOM SYSTEM The Contractor shall warranty the sub-surface irrigation of the clay tennis courts for a period of two years from the day of completion. 44 44.1 WORK ZONE TRA�F�FIC CONTROL CONT�RACTOR RES'PONSfBLE FOR IIVORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and rernove all work zone traffic control associated with the Project, including detour:,, advance waznings, channelization, hazard wamings and any other necessary features, both at th�; immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points. 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIG CONTROL PL,AN The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained iri Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Cc�ntrol Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent addition. 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY - The general objectives of a program of work zone safety is to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists during canstruction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be achieved by meeting the following specific objective;�: • Provide adequate advance warning and information rf;garding upcoming work zones. � Provide the driver clear directions to understanding ��he situation he will be facing as he proceeds through or around the work zone. • Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle_ • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and m�iterial. • Promote speedy completion of projects (including thc�rou;h cleanup of the site). • Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and pro'tection devices. • Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or maintenance work zones. The 2004 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 "When an ex�isting pedestrian way or bicycle way is locate� within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the: disabled must be provided. Only approved temporary traffic control devices may be used to cielineate a temporary traffic control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewall: closures and detours marked shall be provided by appropriate signs". 2Q04 Standard Specifica�tions for'Road and Bridge Constrvction SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 96 of t39 ' , � , , r � � � � � , � � ' L� � � 4/11/2011 � ' u � Section N — Technical Specificati�>ns 102-5 Traffic Control: 102-5.1 Standards: FDOT Desig�s Standards (DS) are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans 44.3 ROADWAY C@�OSURE GUIDEL�INES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Coll�ctors, and Local , Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements increase with traffic volume and the importanc:e of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes will increase in process requnrements as appropnate. For all but , local streets, no road or lane closures aze allowed during tk�e Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season with prior approval by the City Engineer. � � ' , � 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS Obtain permits for Pinellas County and Florida Department uf Transportation roadways. Traffic control devises conform to national and state standarcls. 44.3.1.1 PUBLIC NOiIFiCATION Standazd property owner notification prior to start of constru�ction for properties directly affected by the construction process. 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIAI:S, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traffic staff for preliminary traffic control options. Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary. 44.3.2.1 PUBLiC NOTIFICQTtON , Message Board Display, Minimum of 7-day notice period prior to road closure and maybe longer for lazger highway. The message boazd is to be provided by tS�e C'ontractor. 1 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIAO_S � LJ � � 44.3.3.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION C-View Release 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS 44.3.4.1 PUBLIC NOTIF'ICATION News Release The Message Boazd �nay need to be displayed for a period lo�ger than 7 days. 44.4 APPROVAL OF WOR-K ZONE TRAF'FI(; CONTROL PLAN T'he Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advarice of bidding, and is required, as a ' specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginnin�; any work on the Project, with the Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone 562-4750, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan. , SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 97 of 139 4/I 1R011 � Section N — Technical Specificatii>ns All maintenance of traffic (MOT� plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professionai Engineer or an individual who is certified in the prepazation of MOT plazis in the State of Florida. 44.5 I'NSPECTION OF WORK ZONf T,RAFF�IC CONTROL OPERATI4N The Tr�c Operations Divisian may inspect and monitor ttie tr�c control plan and tr�c control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Irispector assigned to the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustmen�ts to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Proj�ct Inspector. 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFtd� CONTROL Payment for work zone tr�c control is a non-specific: pay item to be included in the construction costs associated with other specific pay items u:nless specifically stated otherwise in the Scope of Work in these Technical Specifications and a bid item(s) is included for Work Zone Trai�ic Control in the proposal form. 44.7 CERTIFICAT'ION OF WORK ZONE TR��FFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Tr�c Supervisor Certiiication from the American Tr�c Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be�zoted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times �,�hile work is being conducted. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a 24-i�our per day basis and shall review the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved i.n all changes to tr�c control. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic control and handle traffc related situations. The Worlcsite Tra�c Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies aze corrected within a 24-hour perioci. The Worksite Traf�ic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of an emergency situation, prepazed to positively respond to repair the work zone traf�ic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with tYie provisions of this Subarticle may be grounds for decertification or removal from the proje:ct or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traftic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and eros:ion control and such other activities deerned to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. 45 CUR�E�D=IN-PLACE PIP�E LINING 45.1 I NTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trernctiless restoration of sanitary sewer and storm pipes by the installation if a cured in place jaintl��ss, continuous, thermosetting resin impregnated polyester flexible felt liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 98 of 139 4/11/20l l � L__J � ' � �� L� � � � � u , � � � � i � � ' ' , � � ' r ' , ' Section IV — Technical Specifications exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materia�s and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTA,LLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. ;�ee General Conditions regazding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the liner system to be ased in this project. All contractors subniitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system(s) and satisfactory evidence that the proposed li:�ner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Fl��rida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the line�• system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 45.3 MATERIALS The liner shall be polyester fiber felt tubing saturated with �i resin prior to insertion. Resin type and qualities shall be as specified by the manufacturer to obi�ain a cured liner with the following properties: Tensile Strength Flexural Strength Flexural Modulus of Elasticity Long Term Modulus of Elasticity (SO Years) AST:M D638 3,000 psi ASTM D790 4,500 psi AST M I)790 300,Q00 psi ASTM D2290 150,000 psi ' Liner shall meet strengths as shown in ASTM F1216 unles:; otherwise submitted and approved by the Engineer. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the l?ngineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 ' tr�c loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum e:xpected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Insituform of North America, Inc., 3315 Democrat Road, Post Office Box ' 181071, Memphis, Tennessee 38118; or InLiner USA 19f10 N.W. 44th St., Pompano Beach Florida 33064, 305-979-0802, or an approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor I prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must b�; received by the Engineer no later than l4 days prior to the date for receiving bids. ' ' , � � LJ 45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean :and prepaze the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the inteiior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the (�ontractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to �;ause minimum disruptions to local tr�c, residents and particulazly to commercial facilities. i>uring the cleaning and prepazation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to prot��ct the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all rE;gulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. SectionN docx Revised (2).dcex Page 99 of 139 4/11/2011 Section IV — Technical Specifications 45.5 TEL'EVISION INSPECTION After cleaning,. and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color television, and recorded on DVD, CD VHS format tapes pr�vided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose anci suitably lighted to provide a cleaz picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Cc�ntractor to provide for a tight fit on the interior of the existing pipe to be lined. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including operations for inversion„ heat curing and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Bngineer of a�zy construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a re:asonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes sha11 be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, teazs, cracks, thin spots, excessive wrinkling or other defects in the liner shall be: permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible t� renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out tlie liner to 95% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by th�� Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process aze to be reconnected unless specifi cally directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals dxscovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regazding the construction project. 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor �md apprbved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain ino��erative for more than an eight-hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Cc�ntractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 45:9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, lateral reconnection, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Paymeni. shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page ]00 of 139 4/11/2011 � ' II � , ' , , ' �J ' , � , , ' � L� �. II �J , , 46 46.1 r 46.,., ' , , � Section N — Technical Specifications S�PECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLE:NE SLIPLINING MATERIALS PIPE AND FlTTINGS The pipe supplied under this specification shall be high pe:rformance, high molecular weight, high density polyethylene pipe (Driscopipe 1000) as manuf<<ctured by Phillips Driscopipe, Inc., Dallas, Texas and shall conform to ASTM D 1248 (Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34) or approved equal. Minimum cell classification values shall be 345434C as referenced in ASTM D 33501atest edition. If fittings are required, they will be supplred under this specification and shall be molded or manufactured from a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to or exceeding the compound used in the pipe. To insure compatibility of polyethylene resins, all fittings supplied under this specification sha11 be of the same manufacture as the pipe being supplied. 46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL ' The resin used for manufacturer of the pipe shali be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer, thus maintaining complete control of the pipe quality. The pipe :�hal� contain no recycled compound except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from xesin of the same specificat�on from , the same raw material. The pipe shall be homogeneous ttuoughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identical in color, density, melt index, and other physical properties. ' ' �J I� � The polyethylene resin used shall have all ingredients pre cornpound prior to extrusion of pipe, in plant blending is not acceptable. The Engineer may request, as part of the quality control records submittal, certification that the pipe produced is represented by the qua.lity assurance testing. Additionally, test results from manufacturer's tesring or random sampling by the Engineer that do not meet appropriate ASTM standards or manufacturer's representation, may be cause for rejection of pipe represented by the testing. These tests may include density and flow rate me;asurements from samples taken at selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations according to ASTM D 3350, 10.i.9. 46.1.3 SAMPLES ' The owner or the specifying engineer may request certifaed lab data to verify the physical properties of the materials supplied under this specificatioii or may take random samples and have them tested by an independent laboratory. ' r ' �J , 46.1.4 REJECTION Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this specification. 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS �Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a nomin�il IPS (Iron Pipe Size) O.D. unless otherwise specified: The SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio) of the pipe supplied shall be as specified by the Engineer, on the construction plans and/or tt��e scope of work. SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page IOl of l39 4/I1/2011 Section N — Technical Specifications 46.3 CONSTRUCTION 'PRACTIGES 46.3.1 HANDLING OF :PIPE Pipe sha11 be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue ;scratching or gouging of the pipe. If the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking should t►e done in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The handling of the pipe sl.iould be done in such a manner that it is not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by ch�akers or lifting equipment. 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS Segments of pipe having cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of �he wall thickness of the pipe should be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the p:ipe shall be rejoined using the butt fusion joining method. 46.3.3 PIPE JOINING Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground. The joining method shall be the butt fusion metttod and shall be performed by the manufacturer's representative and in strict accordanc�; with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufac�:urer, including, but not limited to, temperature requirements, aligrunent, and fusion pressures. 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE Fused segments of gipe shall be handled so to avoid dam<<ge to the pipe. When lifting fused sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers should be avoided. Nylon slings aze preferred. Spreader bars should be used when lifting long fused sections. Caze should be exercised to avoid cutting or gouging the pipe. 46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIOIVS The liner(s) to be slip lined into the existing storm sewer shall have the following sizes: 12-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 15-inch e�cisting se�er. 16-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 18-inch existing sewer. 18-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 21-inch existing sewer. 21 %z-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 24-inch existing sewer. 28-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 30-inch existi�ig sewer. 34-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 36-inch existi�ig sewer. 42-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 48-inch existi�ig sewer. 46.4.2 CLEANING AND 1NSPECTION The existing line shall be cleaned of debris and other obstructions prior to. TV inspections or insertion of the polyethylene liner. Cleaning can be accomplished with a high velocity cleaner, a bucket and scrapper, root saws, corkscrews, and rodding or balling units. The method used will be determined by the condition of the existing line. Final cleaning may be required prior to inserting the liner. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 102 of 139 4/11/2011 ' ' ;J � , ' , ' ' , , � , , � r ' � i , ' , r Section IV — Technical Specifications 46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT A�N.D EXCAVATION:� All excavations shall conform to OSHA requirements and a�iy additional requirements as set by the specifying engineer or his representative. Insertion shaft excavations shall coincide with points requiring removal of obstructions or shall be determined by the engineer. ' An entry slope grade of 2 1/2:1 maximum shall be used to provide a safe bending radius for the polyethylene. The bottom of ihe entry pit should provide a straight section for ease of entry of the liner into the existing pipe. The length of the level excav;�tion should be at least twelve times ' the diameter of the liner being inserted. The width of the sh�ft should be as narrow as possible. The required width will depend on the location, type of soil, depth of the existing sewer line and the water table. , � ' ' 46.4.4 iNSERTION OF THE LINER After completion of the access shaft, the top half of the exist�ng sewer shall be broken or cut and removed for the full length of the access shaft. A fabricated pulling head shall be connected to the leading ex�d of the liner pipe. A cable shall be connected to the pulling head so that the liner pipe can be pulled into the existing sewer. Power winches used for pulling in long lengths of polyethylF;ne ]iner pipe shall be rated equal to the project requirements. Once started, the pulling operation should continue to comple;tion. ' Insertion is normally done at about a slow walking speed. Afier insertion, a minimum of 12 hours shall be allowed for the liner pipe to reach equilibrium with the sewer temperature and to allow the liner pipe to stress relieve itself. ' ' � ' 1 � � ' ' The polyethylene liner pipe should protrude at least 6 inches into the manhole where it terminates. After the 12-hour equilibrium period, the annular space beruveen the origina�l pipe and the liner shall be pressure grouted. Said grouting must be from the bcrttom up to prevent air pockets from forming. Also the grout must be recommended for underwai:er application and have elastomeric properties. Products used shall be approved by the engineer. The liner shall not be displaced when the annular space is b�ing filled. Spacers, inflatable plugs or other methods approved by the Engineer must be used to prevent displacement. The length of fused pipe that can be pulled will vary depending on field conditions, the ease of access to the azea, and the working space available. 46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES The Contractor shall be solely responsibie to confirm all pipe sizes prior to ordering, fusing and installation of the liner. 46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CON:NECTIONS'IF REQUIR�D After the liner has been pulled into place, allowed to recover and sealed at the manholes, pipe connections okayed by the engineer shall be reconnected to tlie liner pipe. SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx Page 103 of l39 4/I I(20l l Section N — Technical Specifications Pipe connections shall be connected by the use of a pre-fabricated polyethylene saddle. A neoprene gasket shall be installed between the saddle and the: liner pipe so that a complete water seal is accomplished when the saddle is placed on the liner Z�ipe and secured with stainless steel bands. 46.4.7 BAC�KFILLING All excavations shall be backfilled using on site materials or as specified by the engineer. Cost for backfiiling of access shafts and underdrain connections sr�all be including in the unit price bid for sliplining and reconnection of service laterals. Before any excavation is done for any purpose, it will be the responsibility of the contractor to contact the vazious utility companies and to determine the locations of their facilities. It will be the respotlsibility of the contractor to provide adequate protection for utility facilities. Any temporary construction right of way and/or storage areas will be arranged for by the contractor. 46.4.8 POINT REPAIR The engineer or his representative will determine if a point repair is necessary only after it has been demonstrated that a liner pipe cannot be pulled througPi the existing pipe. Payment will be made for each repair. The contractor will be expected to remove the obstruction and clear the pipe. If removing the top of the existing pipe will accomplish the removal of the obstruction, the bottom of the existing pipe should remain in place to form a cradle for the liner. 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS All materials not used in the backfilling operation shall be disposed of off site by the contractor. Finish grading sliall be required. In locations other than stree:t right-of-ways, the sur#'ace shall be graded smooth and sodded with the same kind of grass as the� existing lawn. Excavation points in street right-of-ways shall be repaired as specified by the engi�leer. 47 47.1 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL C;H�ORIDE RIBBED PIPE SCOPE This specification designates general requirements for unp]asticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic (spiral wound) pipe with integral wall bell and spigo•�t joints for the conveyance of storm water. 47.2 'MATERIALS All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured and tested in acc��rdance with specification for "Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Lazge Diameter Ribbed Gravity Storm Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter". The pipe and fittings shall be made of PVC plastic. 47.3 P.IPE The bell shall consist of an integral wall section. The sol id cross section fiber ring shall be factory assembled on the spigot. Sizes and dimensions shall be as shown in this specification. SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 104 of 139 4/11/2011 ' ' r ' r, LI ' ' ' ,-, � � , ' , ' � �_. , � � ' ' r C� ' , ' , ' Section 'N — Technical Specificatians Standard laying lengths shall be 13 ft. + 1 inch. At manufacturer's option, random lengths of not more than i 5% of total footage may be shipped in lieu of star.�dard lengths. 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM Joints shall be either an integral bell gasketed joint. When the joint is assembled according to manufactures recommendation it will prevent misalignmen�t of adjacent pipes and form a silt tight joint. 47.5 FITTINGS All fittings and accessories shall be as manufaetured and furnished by the pipe supplier or approved equal and have bell and/or spigot configurations coxnpatible with that of the pipe. 48 GUNITE SPECI'FICATIONS 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTfD GROUT ' Pressure injected grout shall be of cement and water and shall be proportioned generally in the ratio of 1.5 (one and one hal fl cubic foot (one and one half bags) of cement to 1(one) cubic foot (7.50 gal.) of water. This mix shall be varied as the grouting proceeds as is necessary to provide penetration in the operator's judgment. , Cement shall be Portland Cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, latest edition :�erial designation C150 for Portland Cement, Type I. Portland Cement shall weigh not less than 9�4 pounds per cubic foot. ' ' ' Water used in the grout shall be fresh, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, vegetable, sewage andlor organic matter. Water shall be cons:idered as weighing 833 pounds per gallon. Grout pump shall be of the positive displacement type and shall be capable of producing adequate pressure to penetrate the area. All pressure grouting will be at the direction of the Engineer. 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH � GUNITE Guniting shall conform to all requirements of "Specificatio�is for Materials, Proportioning, and � Application of Shotcrete (ACI 506.2 77)" published by the A.merican Concrete Institute, Detroit, Michigan, except as modified by those specifications. � � ' I' �J u Steel reinforcement shall be incorporated in the Gunite as re:quired and shall be furnished, bent, set and placed in accordance with the provisions of these spe�;ifications. The purpose of this specification is to obtain a dense and d�uable concrete having the specified strength. 48.3 C�OMPOSITfON Gunite shall be composed of Portland Cement, aggregate: ar�d water so proportioned as to produce a concrete suitable for pneumatic application. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page l05 of 139 4/il/2011 Section N — Technical Specifications 48.4 STRENGT�H REQUIREMENTS Concrete ingredients shall be selected, proportioned in such a manner as will produce concrete which will be extremely strong, dense and resistant to weatliering, and abrasion. Concrete shall have a minimum 28-day strength of 4,000 psi. 48.5 �MATERIALS Portland Cement: Cement shall be Portland cement conforming to all of tlie requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standazd Specificati�ons, Latest Serial Designation C150 for Portland Cement, Type I. A bag of cement shall be deem�ed to weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall be natural siliceous sax�d consisting of hazd, clean, strong, durable and uncoated particles, conforming to the requirements of American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation ��33 for Concrete Aggregates. Fine aggregate shall not contain less than 3% nor more than fi% of moisture. Fine aggregate shall be evenly graded from fine to coarse and shall be within the following limits: Passing No. 3/8 Sieve Passing No. 4 Sieve Passing No. 8 Sieve Passing No. 16 Sieve Passing No. 30 Sieve Passing No. 50 Sieve Passing No. 100 Sieve 48.6 WATER 100'% 95% to 100% 80% to 100% 50% to 85°,% 25% ta 60% 10% to 30°,% 2% to 10% Water used in mixing, at the nozzle shall be fresh, clean, anci free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, vegetable, sewage, and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. 48.7 REINFORCEMENT Steel mesh reinforcement shall be electrically welded, cold ��rawn, mild steel fabric conforming to the latest requirements of ASTM Standard Specificati��ns, Serial Designation A 185 for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. Mesli can be fabricated fram cold drawn steel wire conforming to the requirements of the latest ASTM Standazd Specifications, Serial Designation A 82 and sized as shown on Plans Page 7 of 7. 48.8 STORAG E O F'MATE RtALS Cement shall be stored with adequate provisions for the prewention of absorption of moisture. It shall be stored in a manner that wiil permit easy access for �nspection and identification of each shipment. Aggregate shall be stockpiled at points selected to provide m:aximum drainage and to prevent the inclusion of any foreign material during rehandling. SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx Page 106 of 139 4/11/2011 , ' � � ' r � , , , � , r � � ' � ' , ' � � CJ i � I � ' Section N — Technical Specifications 48.9 SURFACE �P�REPARATION Unsound materials of construction and all coated, scaly, or unsound concrete in manholes and inlets shall be removed by chipping with pneumatic hamme;rs and chisels to sound surface, all cracks and cavities shall be chipped to such formation that iheir sides fortn approximately a 45 degree angle to the exposed surface for at least one (1} i.nch in depth. All areas to receive pneumatic concrete shall be cleaned by flushing or scouring with water and compressed air jets to assure removal of all loose particles. All azeas of existing :�urfaces that do not require chipping shall be given a wet sandblasting with the gunite equipment and the air pressure at the cement gun shall not be less than 50 psi. Surface prepazation of existing metal surface of a corrugated�: pipe shall be lightly sandblasted to remove loose material. All sandblasted areas shall then be cl�;aned by a air/water blast to remove all particles from the cleaning operation. To insure perfect bond, the newly sandblasted surface shall l�e thoroughly moistened with water prior to application of gunite. In no instance shall gunite be applied in an area where free running water exists. 48.10 PROPORTIONING Prior to start of guniting the Contractor shall submit to the Owner the recommended mix as a ratio of cement to aggregate. Recommended mix shall be ��n the basis of test data from prior experience. Provided data submitted is adequate no further testing of recommended mix will be required. If required, the Contractor shall provide all equipment neces:cary to control the actual amounts of ' all materials entering into the concrete. The types of equipm�:nt and methods used for measuring materials shall be subject to approval. !_I ' ' , � r ' , ' 48.11 MIXING Gunite shall be thoroughly mixed by machine and then passed through a sieve to remove all lazge particles before placing in hopper of the cement gun. The mixture shall not be permitted to become damp. Each batch should be entirely discharged bei ore recharging is begun. The mixer should be cleaned thoroughly enough to remove all adhere.nt materials from the mixing vanes and from the drum at regular intervals. Water in any amount shall not be added to the mix before it ��nters the cement gun. Quantities of water shall be controlled by a valve at the nozzle of the gurk. Water content shall be adjusted as required for proper placement, but shall in no case exceed! four gallons of water per sack of cement, including the water contained in the aggregate. Rernixing or tempering shall not be permitted. Mixed materi:�l that has stood 45 minutes without being used shall be discarded. Rebound materials shall not be: reused. 48.12 APPLICATION Gunite shall not be placed on a frozen surface nor during fr.eezing weather. Gunite shall not be placed when it is anticipated that the temperahue during the following 24 hours will drop below � 32 degrees, Fahrenheit. Sequence of application may be from bottom to top or vice v�ersa if rebound is properly removed. Corners shall be filled first. "Shooting" shall be from an angle as neaz perpendiculaz to the SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 107 of 139 4/l l/2011 � Section IV — Technical Specifications surface as practicable, with the nozzle held approximatel�� 3 feet from the work (except in confined control). If the flow of material at the nozzle is nc►t uniform and slugs, sand spots, or wet sloughs result, the nozzleman shall direct the nozzle away from the work until the faulty conditions aze corrected. Such defects shall be replaced as the: work progresses. Guniting shall be suspended if: 1. Air velocity sepazates the cement from the sand at the nozzle. 2. Temperature approaches freezing and the newly placed gu.nite cannot be protected. Gunite shall be applied in one or more layers to such total thickness as required to restore the azea as detailed over the original lines of the adjoining surface, unless other wise specified. All cavities, depressions, washouts and similar failures shall be; rebuilt to original lines by use of gunite reinforced with wire mesh. Where the cavity exceed:; 4 inches in depth a layer of inesh shall be used for each 3 inches of depth of gunite. In no case shall wire mesh be placed behind existing reinforcement. The time interval between successive layers in sloping vertical or overhanging work must be sufficient to allow initial but not final set to develop. At the time the initial set is developing, the surface shall be cleaned to remove the thin film of laitance in order to provide a perfect bond with succeeding applications. 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS Construction joints or day's work joints shall be sloped �ff to a thin, clean, regular edge, preferably at a 45-degree slope. Before placing the adjo�.ning work, the slope portion and adjacent gunite shall be thoroughly cleaned as necessary, thex� moistened and scoured with an air jet. 48.14 SURFACE FtNISH Nozzleman shall bring the gunite to an even plane and to we:ll formed comers by working up to ground wires or other guides, using lower placing velocity th;�n normal. After the body coat has been placed, the surface shall be trued with a thin edge screed to remove high areas•and expose low areas. Low azeas shall be properly filled with concrete to insure a true, flat surface. After the concrete surface has been trued, the entire surfac;e shall be given a flashcoat finish except where a special type finish is specified on the drawings. 48.15 CURING Curing shall be in accordance with either paragraph 3.7.1(d) or pazagraph 3.7.5. of ACI 506.2 77 depending upon atmospheric condition. 48.16 ADJACENT SURFAC�E PROTECTION During progress of the work, where appearance is importarrt, adjacent areas or grounds which may be permanently discolored, stained, or otherwise damaged by dust and rebound, shall be adequately protected sensitive areas, when contacted, shall be cleaned by early scraping, brushing or washing, as the surroundings permit. SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx Page ]08 of 139 4/11/2011 , � , � L' J r i I� � ' � , 1 , ' � ' , ' , ' , , � LJ ' � _J , l__J ' � , ' � , ' ' ' ' Section IV — Technical Specificatians 48.17 INSP�ECTfON Because of the importance of workmanship affecting th� quality of the gunite,. continual inspection during placing shall be maintained. Any imperfeci:ions discovered shall be cut out and replaced with sound material. 48.18 EQUIPMENT Cement Gun: The mixing and delivering equipment shall be: either the vertical double chamber type or rotary type. The upper chamber of the double chamt�er type shall receive and pressurize the dry mix and deliver it to the lower chamber. The lower chamber shall force the pressurized mix into the delivery hose by means of a feed wheel. The �type of feeder utilized should be of sufficient capacity that the lower chamber may continuously furnish all required material to the delivery hose while the upper chamber receives the rechazg��. The rotary type cement gun shall have an enlazged hopper to feed material into a rotating multiported cylinder. Material shall fall by gravity into a port which shall then be rotated to a positi��n in which the material is expelled by air into a moving stream of air. All equipment must be kept in good repair. The interior of drums, feed gearing and valves shall be cleaned as often as z�ecessary (at least once every 8 hour shift) to prevent material from caking on critical parts. Nozzle: Nozzle shall be the premixing type with. perforatecl water feed ring inside the nozzle. The maximum length of material hose for the application o f gvnite shall be approximately 150 feet although it shall be permissible to use as much as 800 f�;et c>f material hose if the supply air pressure measured at the cement gun is increased to main tain proper velocity. The following table gives requirements for compressor size, hose size �md air pressure using 150 feet of material hose: Comp. Cap Max. Hose Dia. Max. Si�:e Nozzle Min. Air Press. (cfm) (In.) (L�.) (psi) 365 1 5/8 1_`>/8 60 600 2 �! 80 750 2 1/2 2 l. /2 90 For each 25 feet of material hose used in excess of 150 fee:t, the required air pressure shall be increased by 5 psi. Air Compressor: Any standard type of compressor shall t�e satisfactory if it is of su�cient capacity to provide, without interruption, the pressures and volume of air necessary for the longest hose delivery. The air compressor capacity determinations shall include allowances made for the air consumed in blowing rebound, cleaning, re�nforcing and for incidental uses. Compressor equipment shall be of such capacity so as to insizre air pressures at the special mixer capable of producing the required material velocities. Water Supply: The water pressure at the discharge nozzle should be sufficiently greater than the operating air pressure to assure the water is intimately mixecl with the other materials. If the line water pressure is inadequate, a water pump or pressurized tank shall be introduced into the line. The water pressure shall be uniformly steady (nonpulsating). SectionIV docx Revised (2).dcex Page l09 of 139 4/11/2411 49 49.1 Section IY — Technical Specifications SA'NITA�RY A�ND STORM :MANHOLE ;L.fNER RESTORATION SCOPE A�ND 1NTENT It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provid�� for the structural rehabilitation of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and nlade-in-place iiner systems used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to elimi�late infiltration, provide corrosion protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particulaz system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical c�ata and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be met. 49.2 PAYMENT Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner install:ed from the base to the top of the installed liner: Liners will generally be installed to the top of ��xisting or new corbels. No sepazate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work sha11 be included in the pay item per lineaz foot of liner: Bypass pumping; Tr�c Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation, including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and compaction; Grout and mortaz; Brick; Resetting of the manl��ole ring and cover; Pipe extensions and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 49.3.1 MATERIALS 49.3.1.1 LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AAS HT� H 20 loading of 16,000 pound vertical wheel load. Manhole iiners aze to be of the inte�;ral corbel design uriless otherwise stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D 3753. 49.3.1.2 MO.RTAR Mortar shall be composed of one ;part Portland Cement Type I and between two and three' parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sie:ve. 49.3.1.3 GROUTING Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of clean, well graded sand. SectionIV doc�c Revised (2).docx Page 110 of 139 4/11/2011 , ' � IJ � � , , , l _J � � ' , ' � J L_J , � ' J � ' � I,I u ' , �I ' , �I � J ' LJ ' Section N — Tec}u►ical Specifications 49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area azound the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the removal of the manhole ring and corbel section. Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without da�maging the existing manhole walls. Cate is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall. into the ex:isting manhole. Remove or reinsert �loose brick which protrude more than orie inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as neazly vertically as possible. Pour six inches of quick setting grout above tt,e initial bottom seal in the annulaz void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.(�. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. Fill the annulaz space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Caze must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner dut; to head pressure. Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make E;levation adjustments as needed. Observe watertightness and repair any visible leakage. Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Where manholes fall in paved azeas, disturbed base shall be ��eplaced twice the original thickness and compacted in 8" layers. Asphalt shall be replaced with 1 l/2" of Pinellas County Type II surface. 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a mon.olithic fiber reinforced cementitious ' liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or an}� other canstruction material; Strong Seal MS 2 product. � ' lJ ' Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleatung, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of� the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum 1/2" thickness using a�nachine specially designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in a�ccordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications whic:h includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making ihe application. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 111 of l39 ' 4/11/20] l Section IV — Technical Specifications 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious rnix to form a monolithic liner in a 2 coat application. 49.4.1 MAT:ERIALS 49.4.1.1 PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a;patching mix according to tlie manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C-109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi 2. Shrinkage (AST'M C-596) 28 days, 150 psi 3. Bond (ASTM C-952) 28 days, 150 psi 4. Cement 5. Density, when applied 49.5 INFILTRATION CO`NTROL Sulfate resis��ant 105 +/- 5 pc;#� Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltrati��n according to the manufacture's recommendations and shall have the following minimum req��irements: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C-109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM C-952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. 49.6 GROUTING MIX Strong-Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according to the manufacture's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 250 psi and a 1 day strength c>f 50 psi. 49.7 LINER MIX Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at 28 days: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 ps i . 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 9a% R.H. 5. Bond (E1STM C 952) 130 psi 6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf Product must �be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Job site. Bag weight shall be 50 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk densi�ty o:f 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which aze contained in the produet shall be a.lkaline resistant and shall be 1/2" to 5/8" long with a�diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products sha11, in the un mixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight. 0 SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 112 of 139 4/11/201 I , ' � ' ' ' , ' , , ' , ' ' 1 , � , ' ' Section N — Technical Specifications �' Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate a�ement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications wher�� there is evidence of severe sulfide conditions. � � �J � �� i ' , � C ' � ' ' ' � Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition c�f water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50-51 pounds and contents must have a clry bulk density of 50 56 pounds per cubic foot. Cement content must be 65%-75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of wate-r must have a wet density of 95 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of .67 cubic: foot of volume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than 1/2" in length nor greater than 5/8" in height. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. . Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be� used in reconstruction process. A two coat application of liner material will be required (no ��xceptions) with the first coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set th�� bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure minimum 1/2" thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish. 49.8 WATER Shall be clean and potable. 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS No other material shall be used with the mixes previously �jescribed without prior approval or recommendation from the manufacturer. 49.10 EQUIPMENT A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized �►rogressive cavity pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra b�end mixer with twin ribbon paddles with dischazge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pum�p is to be hydraulically powered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tande:m axle road worthy trailer complete with electric brakes and n,nning lights. Internal combustiotl engine must be included to power the hydraulic system and air campressor. 49.11 I'NSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.11.1 PREPARATION 1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous ma�erial from entering the sewer lines and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manh�ale. 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 113 of 139 4/11/2011 Section N — Technical Specifications concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer anct chisel and/or scraper. Fill any lazge voids with quick setting patching mix. 3. Active leaks sha11 be stopped using quick setting sperially formulated mixes according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the infiltration during the application after which the wf;ep holes shall be plugged with the quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in order to pressure €;rout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required. 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material. 49.11.2 MIXfNG For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for 30 second:; to a minute after all materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption until each application is complete. 49.11.3 SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without notice;able free water droplets or running water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum liniform thickness to insure that all cracks, crevices and voids aze filled and a somewhat s:mooth surface remains after light troweling. The light trou�eling is performed to compact the; material into voids and to set the bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappeazance of surface sheen which could be 15 minutes to 1 hour depending upo�i ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickn�ess of 1/2 inch. The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel ,,o as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to �the finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed �vheiiever more than 24 hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers :,hall be removed and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produces from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than 1/2 inch. The wall bf;nch intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of faur (4) hours cure tune before being subjected i:o active flow. 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING At some point during the application, at least four (4) 2 inch cubes may be prepazed each day or from every 50 bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing a�; described in ASTM C 109. 49.11.5 CURING Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so lo;ng ��s the manhole is covered. It is imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed. SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 114 of 139 � ' !� , ' � L� ' i �� II � � � i ' �� 4/11/2011 ' , � ' ' ' , C i � � , ' , � ' i ' � Section IV —Technical Specifications 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING A'ND ACCfPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole fr3me to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the sf:al inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten ( l()) inches of inercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shali pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75;1 seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter mantioles. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the directioii of the Project Engineer. 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMfNTAL SERVIt;ES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 49.12.1 SCOPE Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of: 1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume infiltration 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: a. Hydrophilic foam-injected through wall of manhole to fill voids and/or b. Hydrophilic gel-injected through wall of maril�iole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negdtive side waterproofing) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of 1/2 in�;h 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of 30 dry mils 49.12.2 MATERIALS 49.12.2.1 REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used tc► plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop major leaks, so that fiu-ther waterproofing proresses may proceed unhindered. The repairing cement sha11 be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following properties: Set Time 1-3 minLites Tensile Strength 1 day 510 psi ASTM C 307 Compressive Strengtli ASTM -C 1 U9 3 days 7��5 psi 28 days �355 psi 1 day 3, ]. 25 ,psi 7 days 7;,808 psi 28 days !�,543 psi SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 115 of 139 ' 4/lI/2011 Section N — Technical Specifications Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 49.12.2:2 HYDROPHIUC GROUTING 1 day 410 psi 3 days 8:i5 psi 28 days :1,245 psi Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one or both of the following materials: 1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks in and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical pro��erties aze as follows: Tensile Strength Elongation Bonding Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574-86 400% ASTM D 3574-86 250-300 psi ' � , � � � 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilizition behind the manhole-to prevent seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place �� hydrostatic barrier around exterior � of manhole. Physical properties are as follows: Density Tensile Strength Elongation Shrinkage Toxicity 49.12.2.3 WATERPROOFlNG 8.75-9.17 Ibs/gal 15U psi 250% Less than 4% Non Toxic ASTM D-3574 ASTM D- 412 ASTM D-3574 ASTM D-1042 A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are apptied to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic presswe. A combination of five coats (using three components-two powders and a special liquid) react with rnoisture and the constituents of the substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an inte;gral part of the structure and blocks the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for approximately six months. Upon completion the color will t�e light grey. Physical properties aze as follows: Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Ce�ient ASTIvI (to be given) 1,200 1,8U0 psi Tensile Strength (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 Permeability (3 day cure) CRD 48 55 49.12.2.4 CEMENT ,LINING 380 psi (2.62 MPa) 325 psi (2.24 M Pa) 8.1 x10 llcm/sec to 7.6x10 cm/sec at 100% RH at 50% RH A self bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be appliect to restore structural integrity and provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: � Cslcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hirs T 24 Ars 7 Days 28 Days SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx Page 116 of 139 4/11/2011 � � � � � � � ' i ' � ' � � I� � �I � � Section IV — Technical Specificatio:ns Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000 Astm C 293 Fle�cural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000 Astrn C 596 Shrinkage At 90%Humidity — <0.04 a0.06 <0.08 Astm C 666 Freeze-Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage Asim C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% Astrn C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4- 5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after 24 Hrs moist curing at 68 F. The calcium aluminate cement sha11 be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C ' 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch, but no greater than two inches. It will have a dazk grey color. � 49.12.2.5 EPDXY COATING A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of 30 dry. mils. This ' epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be ' applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer str�ctures. The epoxy shall have the follovv�ng properties at 75 degrees F: � � ' t ' � , � Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume Color (other colors available on request) Pot Life, hrs Tensile Strength, psi, min Tensile Elongation, % Water Extractable Substances, mg./sq. in., ma�: Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 49.12.2.6 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE T:1 Light Gray 1 2,000 10 —20 5 1,800 Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Corn (�il, Aluminum Sulfate, Pazaffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochl�ric .Acid (3%), and many others. 49.12.3 INSTALLATION A'ND fXECUTION 49.12.3.1 PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remove rungs (steps),�if desired by client. 2. Clean manhole and remove debris. a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and de�ease. � c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure. SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 1 l7 of l39 , 4/11/2011 Section IV — Technical Specifications d. Remove debris from work area. 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required by client. 4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterproofing age}ats to all surfaces, repeating steps as needed. 6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cem��nt lvung to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps 1-5 shall be executed consecutively with mini�nal delays; calcium aluminate (Step 6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 49.12.3.2 PREPARATION An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. T'hen, if the client desires, the rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to remove any loose or d'eteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines ( where feasible) or inserting protective screens. 49.12.3.3 STRUCTURAL REPAIR Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20} minutes before applying waterproofing/crystallization. 49.12.3.4 INFILTRATION CONTROL Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam. 1. Dri115/8" holes through active leaking surface. 2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Inject material until water flow stops. 4. Remove fittings (if necessary). 49.12.3.5 WAT�ERPROOFlNG/CRYSTALL'IZATION PROCESS 1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using �i stiffl�rush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. 3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat. 6. Allow one (1 } hour to cure before applying cement luung. SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx Page 1 l8 of l39 � � � � ' , � � ' � L� � � � ' � � i� �l 4/11/2011 ' ' � � � �, u , � � � � , ' 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 49.12.3.6 CEMENT LINING 1. Dampen surface. 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or h�nd trowel application. 3. Apply cement .until requireyd :build up of at least one half inch (and no more than 2 inches) has been achieved. 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhoXe. 5. Texture brush surface to prepaze for epoxy finish. 6. Allow for a 24-hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blo�wer shall be used to facilitate curing times. 49.12.3.7 EPDXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment �intil surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least 30 mils has been achieved. Manhole !may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hazdened. Full cure strength will be a��hieved at forty eight (48) hours. 49.12.3.8 CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 49.12.3.9 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from .the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the s��al inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (14)) inches of inercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass i.f the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five {75;) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter man�ioles. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed. until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12.3.10 WARRANTY All materials and workmanship sha11 be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. � 50 PROJECT I.NFORMATION SIGNS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 — PROJEC'C INFORMATION SIGNS. ' 51 IN-LINE SKATFNG SURFACiNG SYST'EM � 51.1 SCOPE 1. These specifications pertain to the application of the Plexiflor Color F-inish System over � recreational areas intended for In-Line Skating activities. The materials specified in the SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 119 of 139 4/11/20l 1 , Section N — Technical Specifications site plans shall be of colors indicated and for application over the Plexipave Acrylic Latex System. 2. The work shall consist of suitable cleaning and pre-paration of the surface to assure a satisfactory bond of the system to the existing surface. 3. All coverage rates aze calculated prior to dilution. 4. Plexiflor In-line Skating Surfacing System • 1 Coat of Acrylic Resurfacer • 2 Coats of Fortified Plexipave • 2 Coats of Plexiflor • Plexicolor Line Paint 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS 51.2.1 ASPHALT Allow new asphalt to cure a minimum of 6 months. The surface must be checked for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repaired with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. (Surfacing prior to six months may make the asphalt subject to indentation). 51.2.2 CONCRETE Concrete sha11 have a wood float or broom finish. DO rJ01' PROVIDE STEEL TROWEL FINISH. DO NOT USE CURING AGENTS OR CON(:RETE HARDENERS. Allow the concrete to cure a minimum of 30 days. Acid Etch the entire surface with Concrete Preparer according to California Specification Section 10.13. Checl: surface for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repair with Court Patch Binder accorciing to California Specification Section 10.14. 51.2.3 COURT PA�CH BiNDER M{X Court Patch Binder Mix: 100 Lbs. #80-100 Mesh Silica Sancl (dry) 3 gallons Couth Patch Binder 1 to 2 gallons Portland Cement. 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FtLLER COAT 1. Application of the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix shall t�e applied to the clean, dry, level surfaces to receive the Plexiflor Surfacing System. Tlie mix shall be applied according to California Specification Section 1U.8 using the follow�ing mix: Acrylic Resurfacer Water (Clean and Potable) Sand (60-80 mesh) Liquid Y'ield 55 galloi�s 20-40 gallons 600-900 pounds 112-138 gallons 2. Over asphalt surfaces, apply the Acrylic Resurfacer lVlix in one or- two coats (depending on surface porosity) at a rate of .OS -.07 gallons per sc{uare yard per coat. 3. Non-coated concrete surfaces must be neutralized with concrete preparer and primed with Califomia Ti-Coat according to Specification Sectior� 10.17. The Acrylic Resurfacer Mix SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 120 of i 39 1 � � � u � � � � � � 'J � , ' � � � i � 4/11l2011 ' � Section IV — Technical Specifications � must �be applied within 3 hours of the TiCoat applica�tion while the primer .is dry but still tacky to the touch. Apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two applications at a rate of .OS-.07 gallons per square yazd per coat. � � 51.4 APPLICATION OF 'F,ORTIFIED PLEXIP�AV� After the filler coat application has dried, apply two coats of' Fortified Plexipave at an undiluted rate of .OS-.07 gallons per square yazd per coat using the follc�wing mix: Plexipave Color Base 30 gallor.is � Plexichrome 20 galloris Water 20 galloris � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION 1. Plexiflor is factory premixed and ready to use from the container. Tl�e material may be diluted with one (1 ) part water to six (6) parts Pl:exiflor to improve flowability and provide uniform application. 2. Apply two coats of Plexiflor at a rate of .04-.OS galloris per square yard per coat. 3. Plexiflor is applied (in a similar manner to Plexipave) in windrows on the surface with sufficient quantity to cover as the squeegee is pullecl over the surface. Apply only light pressure to the squeegee. Do not allow ridges to form between passes of the squeegee: R.idges existing after material dries should require corrective action. 4. Plexiflor and its preliminary coatings should be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to application of subsequent coats. 51.6 PLAYING LINES Four hours minimum after completion of the calor resurfacixig, playing lines shall be accurately located, mazked and painted with Plexicolor Line Paint as specified by The National In-Line Hockey Association. 51.7 GENERAL l. The contractor shall remove all containers, surplus materials and debris upon completion of work leaving the site in a clean, orderly conditi�n that is acceptable to the owner. Gates shall be secured and all containers shall be di::posed of in accordance with Local, State and Federal regulations. 2. 1Vlaterials specified for the Plexiflor System shall �tee delivered to the site in sealed, property labeled arums with California Products Corporation labels that are stenciled with the proper batch code numbers. Products packa.ged or labeled in any other manner will not be accepted. Mixing with clear, fresh watei� shall only be done at the job site. Coverage rates are based upon material prior to mixin.g with water as specified. 51.8 L�IMITATIONS 1. Do not apply if surface temperature is less than 50°F ��r more than 1 40°F. 2. Do not apply when rain or high humidity is imminent. 3. Do not apply when surface is damp or has standing water. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx � Page 12] of ]39 4/ I I/2011 Section N — Technical Specifications 4. Plexiflor will not hide surface imperfections of previous coatings. 5. Keep from freezing. Do not store in the hot sun. 6. Keep containers tightly closed when not in use. 7. Plexiflor will not prevent substrate cracks from occuning. 8. Plexiflor will mark slightly from normal use of some �n-line Skates. 9. Coefficient of friction = 0.78 10. Coating Application Drying Time: 30 minutes to l hour at 70°F with 60% relative humidity. 11. Keep court clean. Excess dirt or foreign material can c:ause the surface to be slippery In-Line hockey is a physical sport. Always wear NIHA recomm►ended protective gear. 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF STARI� �F CONSTRUCTION This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 22 - RESII)ENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION. 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 53.1 MATERIAL 53.1.1 GABION ANL� RENO MATTRESS MATEIZIA�. 53.1.1.1 PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS 8 NIATTRESSES Gabion & mattress basket units shall be of non-raveling �;onstruction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half'turns developing the appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.1063 inches (approx. US gauge 12). All wire used in the fabrication of the gabion shall comply with or exceed Federal Specifications QQ-W-461H, possess a maximum tensile streiigth of 70,000 p.s.i. with a Finish 5, Class 3 zinc coating in accordance with the �current ASTM A-641. The weight of zinc coating shall be determined by ASTM A-90. The grade of zinc usec� for coating shall be High Grade or Special High Grade, as prescribed in ASTM B-6, Table 1. tJniformity of coating shall equal or exceed four 1-minute dips by the Preece test, as determined by ASTM A-239. The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wir�� core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4'/z inches. The overall diameter of the mesh �ire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.1338 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 10), coated with PVC and�having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.173 incbes. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily g<<lvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 13 '/z), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of _ 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie w-ire providing the alternate fastenei• produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. Tiger-Tite SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 122 of 139 4/112011 � � � � � � I J � � � � � � ' � � � � ' � � � � ' � � i � � � ' � � , � � � Section N — Technical Specifications Interlocking Fasteners are an approved alternate joint material. The Interlocking Wire Fastener shall meet stainless steel material specification ASTM A-313; Type 302, Class 1, or equal. A11 of the above wire diameters are subject to tolerance limit of 0.004 inches in accordance with ASTM A-641. ,,, 53.1.1.2 PVC {POLYVINYL�CHLORIDE? COATING The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt c�r polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial compound properties. Th�: P��C compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. 1. Specific Gravity: a. According to ASTM D-2287 and ASTM D- 792; in the range of 1.30 to 1.34. 2. Tensile Strength: a. According to ASTM D-142; not less than 2980 psi.. 3. Modulus of Elasticity: a. According to ASTM D-412; not less than 2700 psi. at 100% strain. 4. Resistance to Abrasion: a. According to ASTM 1242; weight loss <12% (Method B). 5. Brittleness Temperature: a. According to ASTM D-746, Procedure A; shall be at least 8.3 degrees centigrade below the minimum temperature at which the gal�ion.s will be handled or placed but not lower than -9.4 degrees centigrade. 6. Hazdness: a. According to ASTM D-2240; shall be between 50 and 60 Shore D when tested. 7. Creeping Conosion: a. M�imum corrosion penetration to the wire core from a square cut end section shall not be more than 25mm when the specimen has lbeen immersed for 2000 hours in a 50% SOLUTION HC 1(hydrochloric acid 12 Be}. 53.1.1.3 ACCELERATED AGING TESTS Variation of the initial properties will be allowed, as speck.fied below, when the specimen is submitted to the following Accelerated Aging Tests: 1. Salt Spray Test: a. According to ASTM B-117 b. Period of test = 3000 hours. 2. Exposure to ultraviolet rays: a. According to ASTM D-1499 and ASTM G-23 (�►pplratus Type E). Period of test = 3000 hours at 63 degrees centigrade. SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 123 of 139 an �no>> , Section IV — Technical Specifications 3. Exposure to �high temperature: a. Testing period: 240 hour§ at 105 degrees centigr�de, when tested in accordance with ASTM D- 1203 and ASTM D-2287. '53.1.1.4 PROPERTIES AFTER AGING TESTS After the above Accelerated Aging Tests have been perform��d, the PVC compound shall exhibit the following properties: 1. Appeazance: a. The vinyl coating shall not crack, blister or split and shall not show any remarkable change in color. 2. Specific Gravity: a. Shall not show change higher than 6% of its initial value. 3. Durometer Hardness: . a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 4. Tensile Strength: � a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 5. Elongation: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 6. Modulus of Elasticity: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 7. Resistance to Abrasion: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 8. Brittleness Temperature: a. Cold Bend Temperature - Shall not be lower than -20 degrees centigrade. b. Cold Flex Temperature - Shall not be higher than �+18 degrees centigrade. 53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATIERIAL: The filler stone shall be limestone from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone sha11 be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce tlie stones to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. The stone shall meet the following physical requirements: • Absorption, �maximum 5% • Los Angeles Abrasion (FM l OT096), maximum loss �ES% • Soundness (Sodiurn Sulphate), (FM 1-T104), maximtun loss 12% SectionIV docx Revised (2).dcex Page 124 of 139 4/11/2011 ' � � � i , � � LJ � � u � � � t � � � LJ � Section N—Technical Specifications • Flat and elongated pieces, materials with least dimer►sion less than one third of greatest dimension shall not exceed 5% by weight. All f ller material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inc:h and 8 inch (equivalent spherical , diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones sha11 not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. � i � � � � ' � � � 'I � i 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE Mattress wire shall conform to the same specifications as gabions except as follows: 1. The nominal diameter of the wire used in the fabric�tion of the netting shall be 0.0866 inches minimum, subject to diameter tolerance in accordance with the current ASTM A 641, Table 3. 2. All wue shall be galvanized according to ASTM A 641, Table 1. The minimum weight of the zinc coating shall be 0.70 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.0866 inch wire used for mesh and lacing and 0.80 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.106 wire used for selvedge. 3. Adhesion of the zinc coating to the wire shall be c�ipable of being wrapped in a close helix at a rate not exceeding 15 turns per minute around a cylindrical steel mandrel having a diameter 3 times the nominal wire diametei� being tested. After the wrap test is completed, the wire shall not exhibit any cracking oi• flaking of the zinc coating to such an extent that any zinc can be rernoved by rubbing wi�th baze fingers. 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Index 199, Type D-2, and FDOT Standard Specifications, 1996 edition, Section 985. 53.2 PERFORMANCE Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabricatio:n of� gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a single unit or one edge of these members connected to the l�ase section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting ��oint is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same meah and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart �t any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of m�sh is cut. 1 Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all u�itied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesri opening along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. � � � A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position accarding to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to tlxe adjoining one along the vertical reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the emX►ty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gahions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and �rack. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 125 of 139 4/11/20l l Section N — Technical Specifications To achieve better aligmment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operatian in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tieci to opposite face of each cell at one two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. Filler stone shall not be dropped more than 12" into the gabians and mariresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the l?rawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition fref; of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth darnaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at �the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. 54 54.1 LAWN MAI'NTENANCE SPECIFICATIi�f�S SCOPE To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved are:a; maintenance and fertilization of plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the Ci1y in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required 10 maintain the landscaped street medians including: • Traffic safety and Maintenance of Tr�c; • Trash and debris removal from the job site; • Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfa�es; • Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms; • Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted); • Irrigation service and repair; • Mulch replacement; • Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 54.2 SCHE'DULING OF WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape mainte;nance required under the contract between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, that is the cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. SectionIV docx Revised (2).do� Page 126 of 139 4/11/2011 � � r� � � � � � � � � , � � � � , � � � LJ , � � � � � � � Section IV — Technical Specifications 54.3 WORK �M�ETHODS 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULfNG ,. The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, muist be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized representative of the other party. 54.3.2 DUTFES PER SERVICE VtSIT The contractor(s} shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location: 54.4 LITTER Remove trash and debris from the area to be maintained. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is a requirement of the contractor. Extraordinary amorants of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The contractor should report such accumulations of debris when the,y are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup from the contractor would be considere;d. 54.5 VISUAL CHECK I The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irriga�tion leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be r��ported to the City within 24 hours after providing the service. � ` 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRI�YVIPVG All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature , size of the particular specie. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans: Plants � shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. � C� � � �_! � � Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, prefexably in late June or July following fiower formation, according to the following specifications: 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, IN�IA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) l Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all pazallel and ascending fronds aze to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation; such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm bouts. No climbing spikes allowed on palms. 54.8 DEBRIS �REMOVAL All debris from pruning process is to be removed from tl�e job site and disposed of by the contractor. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appe��rance upon completion. SectionN docx Revised (2).docx Page 127 of 139 4/11/2011 Section N — Technical Specificatinns 54.9 TRAFf IC CONTROL Proper and safe work zones in vehiculaz tr�c areas are t:o be set up and maintained by the contractor, according to the attached Maintenance of Traffic ::pecifications. 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hows of operation in certain high pedestrian use azeas. 54.11 PLANT FERTBLIZATION All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfiu coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per y�ar. Applications should be made in mid-February, early June, and mid-September, for the first two yeazs. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials. 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LAN'DSCAPED AIREA Weeds should be removed on a regulaz basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable. Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allow�►ble, given they aze properly applied by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape malerial will be remedied by contractor at his/her expense. 54.13 MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage we��d growth as well as help retain soil moisture, usually 3 inches. 54.14 lRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR Should be performed at each visit to assure the systems prop�r operation and timing. Drip tubing should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper � time of day and operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be: repaired before the next scheduled system running time. All repairs which will be chazged at $20.00 or more must be approved in advance by the city. Minor repairs, less than $20.U0, should be billed to the City in addition to the monthly maintenance fee. 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified ap��licator to keep pest populations at a less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the contractor at the contractor's expense. Diaz:inon products aze not to be used on City properties. 54.16 'PALM FERT[LIZATION Apply three pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree,�across the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. SectionN docx Revised (Z).docx Page l28 of 139 4i11/201 l , �, � � , � � � � � � � L�J �J .� 1 � � � � j � r LJ � � ' � , LJ � � Section IV — Technical Specifications 54.17 F�REEZE PROT�ECTION The City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility (yet to be determined). Contractor will remove the covering material E'rom storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for sec�rring fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty-four (24) t�ours minimum prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepaz�� the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be xemoved the following afternoon or remain in placed as directed by the City. The City shall notif}� the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued f�eezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the ex�d af the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the num.ber of hours mobilization or on-site work at the contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage oc�cur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE This location is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalisrn to be made within 7 working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits shoul�l occur no closer than six and no further than ten calendaz days apart. 54.19 COMPLETIOId OF WORK Within 24 hours of completing work the contractor shall notify the supervisor assigned to monitor the contract either in person or by phone of said co�mpletion. It is acceptable to leave a phone message. However, to make certain the message is rectiived, it is advisable to call between 6:30 a.m. — 730 a.m. or 2:30 p.m. — 3:00 p.m. 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL 1 Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specifi��d has not been completed, the City sha11 contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary correcti ve measures. The Contractor will be � given 48 hours from this notification to make appropriate co�rections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services bilXed. � � � � 54.21 SPEC�IAL CONDITIONS This location will be newly installed and under warr�inty by the installer for a six month period on plants and 12 month warranfy on palms. I,azidscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. Installer will also be respc►nsible for the untying of palm heads/fronds as he feels appropriate. 2. All listed acreage or squaze footage figures are estimates. � SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 129 of 139 � 4/11/2011 55 Section N — Technical Specificatians 3. All maintenance shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and standazds which prevail in the ind�istry. 4. The Contractor shall be �responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature caused by the Contractor or his/her employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the specific nature of the damage and cost of r�;pair. The City shall, at its option, invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce b5� the amount of the repairs the next regular payment to the Contractor. 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prol�nged inclement weather, parked vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a locatic�n unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify the Gity Supervisor of such occurre�ces, and shall schedule to perform the required maintenance to thf: location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved. MILLING OPERATIONS 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILI.ED SURFACE Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or tliis Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Stan.dazd Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all milling. 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMEN"�S 1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the contractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complyin g with all local, state and federal environmental regulations goveming operation of this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. . 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type, that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt (the Broom Tractor way of sweeping is not be permitted). The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust.lV[oreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addi�tion to the roadways before leaving the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swaies are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the contract surface. 5. The Contractor shall �be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. 6. All radius�retums on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid i�em for milling. 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milluig shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Enginef;r, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications for S-Type resurfacing projects or Section 330 (latest edition) for SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 130 of 139 � � � � r � ' � �� J � � � � � � � 4/I1/2011 � ' r � LJ , � � ' Section N — Technical Specificatic�ns superpave resurfacing projects. 'I'he cost shall be iricluded in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of t}ie milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standazd Specifications (latest edition). Repairs reqiiireci to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall bf; done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime ::hall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curb:� and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS All surplus existing materials resulting from milling operati�ns shall remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable m�iterials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the Public Servi��es Division at (727) 562-4950 to schedule delivery of material. 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS , All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the property of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory requirements in azeas provided by the Contractor at no additi��nal expense to the City. t 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES All utilities and related structures requiring adjustment sha.11 be located and adjusted by their Iowners at the owner's expense. The Contractor shall arrange his schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commence:ment of milling and resurfacing , operations. � � LJ ' � 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES The necessary adjustrnents of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with'�ection IV, Article 23.7 of the City's Technical Specifications. 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING There aze two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. � B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. �curb line/edge of pavement to curb line/edge of pavement). All existirig horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. � SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx ' Page 13 f of 139 4/11 /2011 Section IV — Technical SpeciBcatians 55.8 MILL�I�NG 'OF INTERSECTIONS Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius retunzs) are to be milled and repaved to restore and/or improve the original d=ainage characteiistics. Said work should extend approximat�ly SQ tQ 14Q %�t in both directi�n� from the low point af the e�isting �wale. 55.9 BASIS OF MfASUREMENT The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. 55.10 BAS1S OF PAYM'ENT The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, pre-paration, hauling, transporiing and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat eittner required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plaz�s and specifications. 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBtNG The work included in this specification includes the removal and � disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs,�walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructi��ns resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construciion. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section l I0 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specifie�i in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material arrd dispose of them off-site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasuiement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all rernoval and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 57 RIPRAP The work included in this specification includes the construction of either sand-cement or rubble riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standazd Specifications (lastest edition). 57.1 �BASIS OF MEAS�UREMENT The basis of ineasurement for riprap shali be the volume of sand used in cubic yards for sand- cement, or the dry weight in tons for rubble. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 132 of 139 4/11/2011 ' � � � ' ' � �J� � � � � � J L� � � � � LJ ' � � � , , ' , ii �J �J � � ' r-, �J � � � Section IV — Technical Specifications 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand-cement riprap shall include: all mat��rials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, equipment, excavation, �backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand-cement and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, te:ting, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists ori-site is used as rubble riprap. 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY This article applies to all City projects located at one of the City's Wastewater Treatment Plants (WWTP) or Potable Water Reservoirs. 58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL The Contractor shall be awaze that hazardous materials are used at the WWTP's and the water reservoirs. These may include sodium hypochlorite, gaseous chlorine, sulfur dioxide and ammonia. Potential safety hazards associated with these substances include: •� An accidental spill or release can impair respiratory functions and result in severe burns to the skin and eyes. At the pre-construction conference, the contractor will be provided with a copy of the City of Clearwater Public Utilities Department Emergency Response Plan, and a copy of the applicable Material Safety Data Sheets. All employees of the contractor and sub-contractor assigned to this job sllall be familiaz with the content of these documents. 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING Prior to issuance of a notice to proceed, the contractor mL�st submit documentation regarding employee safety training relating to the items in Section A above. The documentation must include: • Verification that all employees assigned to this job ha.ve received and understood training in the proper work practices necessary to safely per.fornl the job while working azound gaseous chlorine and sulfur dioxide gas. � The date of the training, and • The means used to verify that the •employee understoc�d the train'ing. 59 TRAF�FIC SIGNAL :EQUtPMENT AND MAT!ERIA�LS All traffic signal work shall be performed per the la�test edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification inciudes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timin�;s, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull a�nd junction boxes, service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive SectionN doc�c Revised (2).doc�c Page 133 of 139 electrical power loop detectors, 4/11/2011 Section IV — Technical Specificaticros pedestrian detectors, trafFic controller assemblies, controller �;abinets and accessories, removal of existing traffic signal equipment, and intemally illuminated signs. Ail tr�c signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by trie C'ity prior to ordering from the manufacturer. All tra�c signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians sh��ll be LED's and, approved by both the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdovm features. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is P'ROHIBITED unless directed by the City's Traffic Engineering Division. 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYIMEfNT The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, 1:esting and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 60 SIGNING AND MARKING ` All signing and marking work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract doc�unents�and plans. This specification includes the following work: mazkings (Section 710), thermoplastic strip delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). RPM's (Sec�tion 706), painted trafFic stripes and :s and markin};s (Section 711) and tubular The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is co�xectly placed. Ertors in striping or markings shall be "blacked-out" with paint, unless othen�vise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked-o�.t" ��reas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be conected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. 60.1 BASIS OF MEASURE'MENT AND PAY�AE�IT The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and i.ncidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 61 ROADWAY �:LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), unless otherwise specified in tlie contract documents and plans. 61.1 BASIS OF �MEASUREMENT. AND PAYIiAE'�IT The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx Page 134 of 139 4/l 1/201 ] ! , � � ' C� , , , , � � � � ' � � � r � � � 62 62.1 � � � � , ' � � , � ' , � � � � , Section N — Technical Specificaticros T:REE 'P�ROTECTION TREE BA�RRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed azound all protec;ted trees and palms prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacex�t to the work zone, including all staging and/or lay down azeas. Protective barriers shall bE: installed as follows: 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of M�ingroves and Cabbage Palms. 2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species. 3. At or greater than two-thirds of the dripline of all othf;r protected species 4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two-inch lumber for upright posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet in length with ;a minimum of one foot anchored in the grotwd. Upright posts aze to be placed at a max:imurn distance of eight feet apazt. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less thati one inch by four-inch lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright po:�t. The project City's representative must approve any variation from the above requirements. C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated. The area within the bamer limits shall remai�l undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetalion existing within the barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in wrxting by the City's representative. D. Prior to the erection of any required protective bazrier, �►11 surface foreign material, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the bai.Tier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to rem;iin within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction ma.terials shall be placed within such protective baniers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attaclunents c>f any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critica� root zone of trees protected by this section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to sucr� trees. 62.2 ROOT �PRUNING A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or unpacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an Intemational Society of Arboriculture (ISA j certified azborist perforrn, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any elearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the afferted roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified �oot pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning s��w, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching eq�zipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical roat: zone that will be impacted by SectionlV docx Revised (2).docx Page 135 of 139 4/11/2011 Section N — Technical Specificatiuns construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of 18 iriches below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than 18 inr.hes from existing grade. Tim Kurtz, Senior Landscape Architect is the City's Representative: on Public Works �projects for root Pruning issues and can be reached at (727) 562-4737, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project. B. Root pruning shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identifi��d un site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. D. Root pruning shall be preformed as faz in advance oi.' other construction activities as is feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ��NY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon co�npletion of said root pruning. E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain ex�;eptional care shall be taken on any root pruning activities. F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches per one inch of the trunk diameter from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by t:�e C;ity's representative prior to said root pruning. G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as faz from the trunk of the tre:e as possible. Root pruning shall be done to a minimum depth of 18" from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than 18". ' , � r � � L! � , H. Root pruning shall be performed using a Doscocil Raot Cutting Machine or equivalent. Altemate equipment or techniques must be approved b;y the City's representative, prior to � any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and acceptedl prior to the commencement of any excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of tr,�es to be protected. J. Excavations in an azea where root aze present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the root. K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades h��s been established. L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of draught) the City representative may require �a temporary imgation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees. M. When underground utility lines aze to be installed within the critical root zone, the root pruning requirement may be waived if the lines aze installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to open trenching. 62.3 PROPER TR�EE PRUNING A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to r�:main shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an International Socie�.y of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standazds Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree caze operations — Tree, Shrub and other Woody Plant Maintenance — Standard practices (pnuung) ANSI A-300. SectioniV docx Revised (2).docx Page 136 of 139 ' , � ' � � � u 4/ll/2011 ' , Section IV — Technical Specifications � B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees aze required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collaz) and stub cu�ts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has t�een improperly pruned will not be � recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy �;rowing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the eurrent City Codes and C►rdinances. � � � , ' , ' � , r � , 1 ' � ' C. No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent of its f�lia?e removed. D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion-tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent �with. the current City Codes and Ordinances. E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bazk tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. 63 63.1 PROJECT WEB PAGES WEB PAGES DESIGN If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web �ite should include general project information as: Project Name & Number, Scope descriptian, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the� City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Pages. � 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUtDELINES Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Acce:csibility Guidelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible: http://www.w3.org/TR/2999/WAI-WEBCONTENT 19990505/ http://www. section508.�ov/ In .particulaz, use of variable-width tables, user-adjustablE;/relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics. �63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND 1T:> USE The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondenc�:, brochures, advertising, vehicles, apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner .presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by city departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo s�iould be obtained from the Public Communications. This is for internal use only. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 137 of 139 4/l 1/201 I Section N — Technical Specificaii�>ns 63.4 MAPS AND >GRAPHICS Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should be posted to the Project Web Pages. 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow Public's input sent back to the City regarding the Project. 63.6 POSTI'NG The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for re:view and posting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different tl•�an City's Web server, if approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless otherwise specified and agreed Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up-to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to ihe City's Webmaster for posting. 64 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEAR.ARICE 64.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines the Contractor shall. utilize one of the following options: Option 1- Having the power lines de-energized and visibly grounded� Option 2- Maintaining a minimum distance of 20 feet of cleazance for voltages up to 350 kV an 50 feet of clearance for voltages mcrre tlhan 350 kV. Option 3- Determine the line voltage and provide cl��azance in accordance with the table included in Section 64.2. 64.2 REQUIRED MINIMUM GLEARANCE DIIST'ANCES VOLTAGE MINIM'UM CLEARANCE DISTANCE (nominai, kV, alternating current) (feet) Up to 50 10 Over 54 to 200 15 Over 20 to 350 20 Over 350 to 500 25 Over 500 to 750 3� �� ' ' , ' , , � r ' �J ' � SectionN docx Revised {2).docx Page 138 of 139 4/112011 ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' ' , , ' ' ' � , � ' , � Section IV — Technical Spcc�catic>ns Over 750 to 1,00U 45 Over 1000 (as establi:;hed by the utility owner/operator or register�ed professional engineer who is a qualified F�ersc>n with respect to electric power transmission and distribution) Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up to and including 200kV. SectionIV docx Revised (2).docx Page 139 of 139 4/l 1/2011 � II � ' � TO•; C�ty c?f Clearwater `Eng�eering D�pt:/C�nst'�etion Divz�"�vn Atta:; :Alice Eck�sin,, Coas`�"rtic�ion Sjpecialist° 100 So. Myrtle llv,.�..,,: Ste� ##22:a s� Cl�earwater, Flo,��,�a �3756 0� �� : (RO H'ox 4`74 8, Cl e,arwater,. RL., 33'Z 5 3-4 74.8�:) D��TE ; ' Pt#R:POSB: To: p�o�ride tYie Ci.-t�i` with rea,��n:�ble .a;ssurance tha:t �the prospective liidder on City of C1P_��Gla twr fofma�l construction cor�trac'��s has the financial assets, resai�rces, work force, ;and work experience to successfull� eamplrete cortertiplate.d. construetion ' contract a:gzeement�s -with the• .City. ' ' � r , � ' ' C �1 , r � co�+r�eTOR Fzur� rr�.: B-USIN�SS ADDRESS: _ C�ITY - STATE - ZIP CQDE.: PHON�E. NUMBER : FAX ]�IiJMBER : &=MAIL ADDRESS: TYPE OF ORGANIZATION: (Individual; Corpor<�tion, Partnership;, etc.) LIST ALL PRINCIPALS Q'F ORG�I�ATION: (:P.res.ident, lTice-Pres.ident, �Si�"cret�ry=T:ceasurer.; Partrier, et'e: ) TiATE ORGAN2ZATI�N BEGAt� UNDER PRESEiJ� 1V�l:irl�: O'THER NAMES °ANI) DATES UATDER WfiICH ORGP,AT'CZATIOI�i EXISTED : .REF�R.ENCES;;s :� CO1�IT�A�Tt�R ! S I+�:�EATSE �P9�'�i� : I�'t7IVIDUA� i�QL�II�G LI CENS� : IS�UIP�� A��I�TY : CLA,SSIF'IGA�'IC)ID7:�� LICEiU�E: � ' , , i�,$. YCO'UR �IR1� �VER FA�LED TO _CQNIF_I,ETE WC�F�C A6Y�FIRD�. T.0 YQiJ'� I�' �Q�, ' W�iE12E AND WH�� AT(7A'[BE� �F `�'ULL 'rIh�IE E�R�LQYEE''S DIRECTLY ON �,PPLIC,A�TS PP�i�1ZOLL: P1L2ESEATT VAi�UE 4F AND GE�I�iERAL T�PE Oi? ALL CQPdSTRII�T'ION ,F�PaID OPERATIC?PTA�, EQTJXP�T DIRECTI,Y �'f�ED BY THE P,PPLS.GA2J'T ( Ii�TF'ORMI3�IO�f MAY BE O�TAZATFD FROM fulOST RECEI�TT FINANCIAL ST�'rEArIENT & IA1�I�L7Ll� LOI�TG TERAR LEP,SE/PUR�i�ASE F3Q�TIPP9EiVT) : Thie pre-qualifi��ion to bid limitation i,� an amount o:f dollars equal �o the amount c�� he larg�st s•ingle construet�.on projec� vahich has be�en successfulk� �completed.by the Contractor. The gre=cgual�.fication �4nount is limit�d to the p�rticular cons�:cuc�imn caLegories in which tltie Contrrac�o� �s a�prov�tD tv �erL•c�rm �rork. '�his pre-cgualification ��not�iit may be acljusted as the Contractor ma.y suc,cessfully com�.lete larger cons�rt�e�tion proj ects _ The Contreictor may exhibit where tuzo o� more eimi.lap projects were substantia�l:ly accomplished bg the Contractor at ��e sa�ne time where tY�e aggr•egate amov�nt of these p-rc�jects in e�sc�ss of the largest sang�le prc>ject aeeorn�i3isi�ed. This ag-gregate amousa�� will be consiclered as the pre-qualif i.cation amount �p'to an��mount:ecyual to 150� c�f the largesr single projeet amount. P:re-�ualificatian amounts and categories may be limi:tec� as warranted b,y the City � s Px�erience with the G�r�tract!�r' s canst�uction �roj e�ts . L+ARC3EST SINGLE PR.pJECT CDNiPLETED BY TH� C�NTRACTC�R: 1. RMC?.Ul�d� :: $ � . DATE 01?' COfi�'PLET`IO1�T : � .. TYPE ��Ij' [�T�RK : 4. Q&+IATSR;JIjE�PRESEAiTATIVE: �icl�ir�� : 1?hone i�u�er. Etn�il Ac3cire;ss 'F'a� ldumber , � �J , � J LI � LJ , L — ' _ ' � 2 ' ' � �1LTE�IRIAT-`E FiTtE-�PkIGTFIE`I�,.�TIO1S� ?�tt�UN'T TS BAS� ORl 'i'�E AG��TE �4�'A'L, At�fOU1�iT OF ��R1iC€3RR'�AT� ��tG3�EC�'� 'COI�ZET� 8�' ��1�'I°F�.A�'C��d �TTTF3 A F►�A�IML7MI AA90U1:�1T 0�' 1`SO�S :�F LP.I�C#BS�` �INGI.,E i'RDJECT �,ISTEp ABOVE. T�AR�G`E�:T 1�1GGR�GATE �MOYJY�dT �ONlPL�'I'E� BY CONTRACT(�32 W.HERE in1O�RK 'E�7AS 1�ERFORA2ED � AT TH� ��,�!IE 'PIME : $ (��'o�al ��gre�gate amo�nt de�ermin�ci from proje�t list belaw) , J i , � C� ' C� , F'�t�.TE�T 1 FROJECT 2 PIROJEC'T 3 1. XNi()4JN'F s $ � . b�2� oF �,��r��r �F wo x : 3. D14T� �F C�flKPLBTIU'YJ : T 4. TY��3 QF W�i2IC: S . Oi�7�;R./REFRESENT�TI�E : Telephone ATutnber: Fa�c At�clress : Email. 1. AA�1bYJA�T : � �. DAT� OF $TAR� OF WORif: 3. DP.T� OF CaM�LETIOId: 4 . TYPE OF WaRK ; — — — - -- _ _ __. 5 . Qi�TRT�R/R�PR�SEIU'TP,TIVE : Tel�phorfe i�Tumber : F,ax Addre�ss : Fina i 1 1. AMU�JI'�TT : $ 2. DPiT� QF START OP 6�DRK 3. DATE OP COPRPLETIQN: ! 4 . T'YP� OF WORK : -- 5. CiWN�R/REPRESENTATIVE:_ Telephone ATuttiUer: _ Fax Address: Email � I�$�� b� �D%�%(� g�S � �°O �CCAR9P� T�IS , �PPLg�`7°g�8� : 1. �a cba��n� �'isa�aaca� S�a�@mm� =or your company which wi11 be re�urned une�g�ams�l up�n r_om��l Pr i nn of .r.ev.i,ew_ ' � , r ' r � 2. A list of ma.jor �rQje�ts cc�m��lete�3 isac$� �� o� c��k, dlo�l�aP ,s�cgu�, a�r�� o� �goj@�� g�s�ai:.a�ave � s��ss.? _. (�h �.�ojc3�� 9 �o na�o �ad p�aosao/iEa� og o��g �/�i� 3. 5�pa��, �.�ie�?�� o� scca�c ��c�an�� a re rec�ue s t ed f rom �rm:er• s�c�t�.r comp,a�.y h�s performed vaurk fcr. The r-efe�ence letters shall b� on 't3i� oume�'s letterh�ad �and c�ntain the follt>wing infor�natian: i�_ ) Location„ and �t�rpe o� tvor'k. B. j Dall�r vC�lume wiL2� ��c�ur e:o�np3n�. C.) 'praj e€t. �w�er' s n�� , adclre ss. & phane numhe.r . D:. ) Suret.y Catapany iuvo:Lveci, af any. E.9 Cb�suTti� Engineer z�r Architect, adc��ess and phon� / f ax i�ut�er . F. � Staric an� cc3inpletia�l da��. Pre-c�u�lifi�tion is li�i�ed �o par�.icular �o�structi@n ca�e�ori�;s oi construetion ac-tivaties; in which the C'ont�racto�r has su��.e.��fully � •c.om�I•eC�d cna$true�ian �ro��s o� :�x�ensiv.e wo�ls �n t�re .�a��c�ory �n �Qn�4un�t:iori `with Z�.�'gE� g�roject� work. ]�allowin� a-r� �iie g�e-ral c�at�garie:s af const�uc:�ic�n wprk w&xch az•e av�ll.able :for contr-�ctQ;r pre-c�iialific;at.ion agprac�va.l .by tl�.� Cit� c�� Clearwater. Ci��ck t,hos?�. ea�teg�r-�.es;�or whichyour fi�m:i�s seek�rgpr�-quali�i�ation ap�rova2. TQ r.eceive ��proval i� .a pa�rticul.ar c:a�ns�ructio� c�t�gory, pour a�plica�i.4n must co�t.ai�i do�utner��a�ic�n pf si�cc.e��sfu�l� �cornp-l�eteii work �cp�rience in that .�ate�o�r. Th:is ciocumerit�a�tiori ig to �i�e in�luder� in ya�r firnn��s c,atnple'tec� pr�ojee.t lis� as desc�ibed aloGve;. In �deiit-iox�, youzr apglication tmust e,�h.ibit tha�t your firm ha� suf�icient equipment, resources, ..anc� empl.o�ees on your girm"s di�ect gayrflll to complete wor}� as a prir�� cc�n�.k-acicor in each appr�aved construction work category. CQnt�ac�orC with an�ir��su�ficient wor3c fo.rce or insufficient res�urCes �ai]:1 nQ� bE appr.oved for pre�-qualificatio� or will not re�ce=:ve g�re-qualificatiori im particul�r w:brk cate+gories. ASPHALTIC C4RTCRETE R£SURF�CrI�TG ..................... BRIDGE CON�TRUCTIQI�T AAID N!t?DIFICPsTI��RT. . . . . . ... . . . - • - - COMMERCIAL BUILD-IAIGS ............................. . COR�IERCIAL SWIP�MIL�IG POOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COATGRETE FLAT V+TORK {6i1RBS,. tA��AL�, 'OURTi, ETC. j_... �CONSTRUCTIOI�T MA�T.p,GENfEATT SERFTICES . . . . . . . . _ . . . DEP+IOLITIOi� ................. ....................... DESIGAT BUlLD . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . _ . �TXCA,VATIOia/ S ITE WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GU�IT� RES1'ORATION.... ........................._... HORIZaATTAL DIItECTTfl1�AL I}RIL�I1�ttG. . . . . . . . . . II�DUSTRIAL PAINTIY�IG ................................ �D�SCAPE & II�RIGATI�AI . . . . . . . . . ... . , . . . . . . . . . . . 1�RTI�E COI�STRU�TIQA] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I+9t�T2I�E DREI�ING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ . . . . . . . . Rt��DV3AY AND P�RTCTATG LOT CONS�I�i7CTIa�i�T . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . >5��1�TIT1�iaY PiIMP STATIONS:, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ;S�ITARSi AI�TD ST03�M SEW'�5 ... .... .... .... ........... S�'OR:A+�YdATER MATJAGEMEA'FT COA1�S7."R:UCTT�R� . . . . . . . . . . , ., . . . . . �� o�� . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . � , � I � L� � �J ' � LJ ' , , ' � � , r , r � C� � � , �J ' , , ' ' Lf�3A�i SZ'IIt�ET�CAPE . . _ . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . � fid�i3T�W�'�EIt bc WATEB TREA3;'�iENT FFICIL;LTIES . . . . . . . . . . . .. �►a�� out� ��s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6dEI.�L �q�d5TRUCTIaA3. . .. . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ . - . ... . _ - L_J �J � � ' ' ' 1 ' �� TiiE �Oi►I�C34ilIAi� INF°O�TI�A3 �S: fi�iUE .�D .CQR�',EC�' �O T� BEST Og A'1Y � ItNOWL�t;E . � IRNi : 8'1' : ' (Plea:s�e Type.) S I�AiATtJ�t$ : TITLE: (Owner, President, etc.) DATE: ' ' ' , ' ' ' ' ' � i 1 i 1 � 1 1 ��} ��I �.. q .� �:: � .... A .(y � ^ � . .. ..� .. �. da+� ' ffi ^a / $ � y�... . 4.�.-»�..., .. t. . , �.� � , °. ��.� �. �a' ;�? � ., �. �: :�a: � ; , P� � �� 7 � i �� '�� i � � �: � ,t � . �.. T�� R � R ' . `M.w � . .. � � . >,w..�w .�.. . .. €. � ... �'.. �.ws^ l...a.., � � „.�. ^i.",.W; .. .. .�� 4 ^�� ... .;i .. ....< .. _ ... . . a,;_ ..: . . .�� „• �� ..i �.. ..,. � �... � � �� ;�� . � � z � � � �' 4�^ � ` i a k � .. �� I � \ i �, `� <� ' � � . A J � �.> '.t 3 �; � y P"� � \ �ji � ��,� � ��„� � � � � >,:.. 'a�! .. .. .,. ' ° _ ` � � ' i .,` � � � �w �� l , � ) a �: a �;, � z � � � �< �I ) � �+ ' �� a n�; � �.a � . - . � �w t ' � �»,1 � � '`� � ea. � � � � � �� . � ' . �i � � �: � ��.s � � . �.a "* � � . � A�"�a'� at ��' .. :. . ,R �� a3 � '. "'� . � ;� .� «� � � � �� a s T %+�, � „� � � . � . �„�. `.1 w. � � �w.: � ' w »� '�a ., � � � �g�., � � '°' ,� ""°4 *'v '� � ,w ° � � � �a ^� � � ?� ,,,� �i i■� � �� i�`' ! ir � '�i"i� �''-C'P'?lie��?�E'"''' _°`�L�S�P..ii' -�'�IiilePlcl�[E'; E.�:C°;5'��' St.l�'S��"dIc'. i,�,8"�t�r�i"r.�':i}�YO,Sl1C�� a�� bJ��iinc� �� s�r�;�pir�� i�h r;��r �� c� r�a��t i�� s�c�� r�� .z_.�'t` t_ira�'.L ;'it u�) fv i�J/^; c.(iC �";P"t�3i�"sf'(�_ �L'L'1�7 �l;'�i�dfii(j',� :;:P1f� E iilil�! — t ( P ---'}��._;�?ile a�',r�?�_ �..., �_�i.�li .t1:?"tf-`C? i�€_;`.;�.W¢ �:4`t �X��.?_�'t: r,Ci J�°�.a ,.i.� _1%,ru-_�.',. � �� " ��z � �� 'n��L��ri �� §,��a��'°y� � � � � # �� '� �?�°'��:-.� .M - - _„ -...._C= ...,. . W . =ini _ .� ■ F��.� ��°��a� ��.� � '��@�g��tF�" ��"`��;'� �,d'��"� • ��.�;.�€�`�� i��`�� f��'�� ; ,��;,,�. �Y : � � . ��`� �► � �� : . �. 8? 88 5. ilF':��ti3'v= L?�t`�l� �RL�.'�3�?�i. FL 3�80� i��u `��_;�t�. ??J,^�. . . L C r�3 : �. . '�i'-'� � ��°t �� ,�`�� ,N ��'.�� > , �� . ��,,�,�.tp��; �,� � . / �, ., . , V. ., _... ;i �; r„�. � r�� .V i � �f i �,�' �� P'�' � , � '' �� . u�I `��`� � ,a , ry�$ . < a � � ".✓ �� . ' r �, �� J � � �II r �ar� Sj1 c.,, c$„�',ali�.z,IC3. i � � / � t t�e y e,.�'-.., :e: j, . M' 3,. �S i. �\D_i ,,.�9.�' t:f'•�_�•�•5, ?v'� � ; +'.M1 � v ;.P r • _ w '�o x i�P e�o;. CARIBE .��1,;r�� ' � 4�+' O. y'. •. �. <'' '>S' . r ��' . ' i, �i S � �, I , . �.tsS � � •' i' S;�''. i ; "', a.� ��:. a .p} •he %:• �`te c� " �•j%q ay T ( ++ ,�,�A,�.w e�� .'. . y �. TEAL SUPER BLUE Krystalkrete� is the result of advanced formulation of polymer enriched Portland cement and natural quartz, improving depth perception and resisting harsh pool chemicals — all while providing a comfortable, slip resistant finish. Available in ten � color choices, this finish is ideal for residentiai and commercial projects. Custom blending available on request. . : Actu&I water cobr and finishes may dlKer hom pnnted samples. Wafer cobr is krfluenced by depth, sunourrding landsrapes and bui�dings, as weN as fhe angle ol the sufd'ghf, fime o1 day and fime ol year. � � � � � � � _ � � � � � � � � � � � DAILY WAT�R CH�MISTRY BAL.AI�CE ,AND MAINTENa4N:CE Balanced water chemistry is as critical during the off season months as it is in season. Water will become just as aggressive because of rain, snow, and fill water as with the regular use of chemicals. Adjust your pN and afkalinity w�ekKy; monitor and adjust calcium hardness and cyanuric acid monthly. �AILY WATER CHEMISTRY AFTER 28th DAYS Maintain the water chemistry using the Langelier Saturatlon Index (LSI) maintained between 0.0 and +0.3. Free Chlorine 1 to 3 ppm (mg/l)' (ORP 700) pH 7.2 - 7.6 Calcium hardness 200 - 350 ppm (mgll) Salt Ieve1 2500 - 3500 ppm (mg/I) Totat Chlorine 0.0 ppm (mg/I) Alkalinity 80 - 120 ppm (mg/I) Cyanuric acid 30 - 50 ppm (mg/I) (Saltwater chlorination only) Testable Sequestering Agent as per manufacturer's instructions TDS 300-1800 ppm (mg/I) (non-salt pools) The Langelier Saturation Index (LSI) must be maintained between 0.0 and +0.3 for day-to-day maintenance after the initial start-up procedure has been completed. The preferred LSI should be 0.0 to + 0.3. This will help reduce the potential of variations of the pool surface. Disregarding these (LSI) parameters promotes degradation/discoloration on the negative (-) side and scaling/discoloration on the positive (+) side. LANGELIER SATUI2�TIOi4 i��i�1,:�: {�,�� _-� ��f-i + Total Alkalinity Factor + Calcium Hardness Factor +'�'emperature (� actor -12.1 TDS up to 1000 ppm (mg/!) -12.1, TDS 1000 - 2000 ppm (mg/l) -12.2 ,TDS 3000+ ppnt (mg/I) -12.3 Deterioration, discoloration and scaling as a result of the premature or improper use of chemicals and/or chemical feeders are the responsibility of the equipment installer and pool operator. Feeders other than ORP and pH controllers should not be placed in operational for a minimum of 28 days. Failure to follow the manufacturer and/or applicator instructions and control the LSI may cause detrimental effects, which is not the result of improper workmanship or a manufac�urer'�defect LSI CALCULAT4R fACTOR I FACTOR 5=0.7 50=1.3 25=1.4 75=1.5 50=1.7 100=1.6 75=1.9 125=1.7 100=2.0 150=1.8 200=1.9 150=2.2 250=2.0 200=2.3 � A calculated Saturation Index (LSI) of 0.0 is considered balanced. A calculated (-) negative 8aturation Index (LSI) has corrosive tendencies. A calculated (+) positive Saturation Index (LSI) has scaling tendencies. FACTOR EXAMPLE: """"""""� 32(OC)=0.0 POOL WATER CHEMISTRY � H 7.8 37 3C)=0.1 P 46(8C)=0.2 Total alkalinity 125 mg/l Calcium hardness 300 mg/l 53(12C)=0.3 7emperature 9t?° ti� 60(16C)=0.4 66(19C)=0.5 76(24C)=0.6 CALCULATED LSI pN 7.8 Total alkalinity factor 2.1 Calcium hardness factor 2.1 Temp factor �8 Total +12.8 Subtract constant -12.1 LSI = SCALING +0.7 Target preferred O.O to +0.3 Use the closest LSI factor to the chemistry reading. 300=2.5 400=2.2 •• • �� Caution: Research has shotivn ryanur-rc �c.rd ;evels i��t? ��; �r�e (rn�/t) ��rtiJ ��bove rnay cause detrimental effects 400=2.6 800=2.5 105(41C)=0.9 to the �oof surface. Excessively high cafcium harcinz,ss 3n� cyanuric �rid levels should be diluted. DILUTION !S TH� LOW COST SOLIlTION. I hese procedures are consitlered to be sountl techrncal industry practices. �mg/I (milligram per liter) = 1 PPM (part per million) ZALWAYS ADD ACf� TC} WRTER NEVER WATER TO ACID COURTESY OF CLIIAQUAVATlOi�S WATERFEATURE START—UP PROGEDURE The pool finish will start to hydrate and cure immediately after mixing, with the majority of hydration taking place within the first 28 days. This critical time period is when a finish is most susceptible to staining, scaling and discoloration. Proper start-up procedures including timely �rushing and constant monitoring and adjusting of the pool water is mandatory. The fvllowing recommended start-up method is based on procedures shown to produce the best aesthetic results. Brushing and monitored chemical adjustments will be mandatory by the pool owner or a trained pool technician during the service life of anypool surtace. NEVER MIX CHEMICALS-A�.WAYS A,t�� C:HEt�i�.��.� '�� '�4lA�T�R, N�4'�=R WATER 70 CHEMICAL�. POOL FILL DAY Step 1. Make s�re the filtration equipment is operational. Step 2. Remove all floor return heads and directional eyeballs to prevent streaking. Step 3. Fill the pool to the middle of the skimmer or specified water level without interruption as rapidly as possible using clean potable, water without interruption, to help prevent a bowl ring. Place a clean rag on the end of the hose placed at the deepest area of the pool to prevent plaster damage. If a water truck is required, 24 inches (60 cm) of water should be placed at the deepest area for a water cushion. Step 4. At no time should any person be allowed in the pool during the filling process: Step 5. Dark finishes, slow fills, hot or windy conditions may require misting the pool finish after 400 minutes during the fill process to minimize cracking. Step 6. Test the fill water for pH, total alkalinity, calcium hardness, and metals. Record test results. Step 7. Start the filtration system immediafely when the pool is full to the middle of the skimmer or specified water level. 1 ST DAY Step 1. Test the pool water for pH, total alkalinity, calciurn hardness, and metals. Record test results. "Step 2. High total alkalinity should be lowered to 80 ppm (mg/l) using pre-diluted Muriatic Acid (31-33% Hydrochloric acid). Always pre-dilute the acid by adding it to a 5 gallon (19 L) bucket of pool waterZ. Step 3. High pH should be reduced to 7.2 if the alkalinity is already 80-100 ppm (mg/1) using pre-diluted Muriatic Acid (31-33% hydrochloric). *Step 4. Add a pre-diluted quality, testable sequestering agent to achieve 15-20 ppm (mg/I). Follow manufacturer's start-up recommendations. Step 5. Brush the entire pool surface thorouahlv af least twice dailv to homogenize chemicals and remove plaster dust. Step 6. Operate filtration system continuously a minimum of 72 hours. Step 7. DO NOT add chlorine for 48 hours. This can unintentionally create fallout and cause metal precipitation which may stain or discolor the surface. NEVER MIX CHEMIGALS - ALWAYS ADQ CHEMICAt�S TO V11AT�R, N�ltEP,1iUAT�R TO CHEMICALS 2nd DAY Step 1. Repeat 1gt DAY steps 1 thru 4. Step 2. Operate filtration system continuously a minimum of 48 hours. Step 3. Brush the pool surface thorouahlv at least twice dailv to homogenize added chemicals and remove plaster dust. 3�d DAY Step 1. Repeat 1st DAY steps 1 thru 4. Step 2. Start to increase the total alkalinity slowly over the next 4 days to 80 ppm (mg/I). Step 3. Pre-diluted chlorine may now be added to achieve 1.5 to 3 ppm (mgll)'..NO SALT SHOULD BE ADDED FOR 28 DAYS. Step 4. Brush the pool surface thorou4hlv ai least fwice dailv to homogenize added chemicals and remove plaster dust. 4th THROUGH THE 28T" DAY Step 1. Repeat 1st DAY steps 1 thru 5 every 2 days for 28 days to help prevent scaling and staining of the pool surtace. Step 2. After 4th Day - calcium levels should be adjusted slowly, not to exceed 200 ppm (mg/I)', during the next 28 days. Step 3. After 4th Day - adjust cyanuric acid levels to 30-50ppm (mg/l) based on primary sanitizer of the pool (pre-dissolve through skimmer). Step 4. On the 7'h day any remaining plaster dust may be removed by vacuuming with a brush pool vacuum. No wheeled cleaners for 28 days. Purchase Taking Care of Yaur Pool DVD from your Cl.il�,q��aaatior�s representakive. � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ' � 1 � ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 ' ' ' , , - S'ECTION V CONTRACT D�CUMI=�NTS Table of Contents: CONTRACTBOND ................................................................,.....................................................1 CONTRACT................................................................................................................................... 3 CONTRACTOR•S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT .. .................................................... 6 PROPOSALBOND ....................................................................................................................... 7 AFFIDAVIT................................................................................................................................... 8 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ............................................................................................... 9 PROPOSAL.....................:........................................................,...................................................10 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET ..................................................................13 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL ...........................................................,..................................................14 � _SectionV.doc Page i 9/27/2010 ' � , ' STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF��;� BOND NUMBER: CONTRACT BOND �LC,��`�11 ' KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we PINELLAS POOLS, INC. as Contractor and MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (Surety) whose home address is 2100 FLEUR DRIVE, DES MOINES, IOWA 50321 �JI ' ' ' ' ' , ' ' 1 ' , ' �� HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater, Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner") in the penal sum of: ONE HUNDRED SEVENTY SEVEN THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED SEVENTY TWO DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($177,672.00) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns for the faithful performance of a certain written contract, dated the day of , 20iZ, entered into between the Contractor and the City of Clearwater for:�� NORTH GREENWOOD AQUATIC CENTER & CLEARWATER BEACH FAMILY CENTER POOL RESURFACING - PROJECT #: 08-0020-PR-B a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully copied herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the Contractor shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the one-year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form of Contract, Form of Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Speciiications) and the Plans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care or skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents or employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans furnished by the Contractor, and further, if such "Contractor" ar"Contractors" shall promptly make payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difference between the sum to which the said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the provisions of said contract. _Revised SectionV.docx Page 1 of 16 11/15/2011 ��. � 1 ' ' 1 1 ' 1 , 1 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 ' CONTRACT BOND �2) And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will arnply and fully protect the said Owner against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may be recovered against or which the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporltion by reason of any damages arising from the performance of said work, or of the repair or maintenance thereof, or the manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or servants or the improper performance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, or the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done; as aforesaid, or otherwise. And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum �vhich the Owner may be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor material fiirnished for the work, embraced by said Contract. And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this ��h �•�� day of January ZO 12 '!`a� i.�, > _ � ,� ,�/� -"t!'� �� WITNESS: � Ln . /lY � Ashley M. De rlucci COUNTERSIGNED: - V O Joseph W. L esU, rney-In-Fact & Florida Resfdent Agent Brown & Br n M Florida, Inc. P.O. Box 15519 Tampa, FL 33ER4 (813) 226-1322 CONT 4 SIGN.docx Page 2 of 16 PINELLAS POOLS, INC. •'� � ! ��' ;�`��. � CONTRACTOR _� r�Y� �.- : �.�. /'/� � .�o.;. BY� .. ( a.��1 (J�.i� _._- . � � .... � � : � ��.- . : �,. - ��yr�`.�'"�`' MerchanGS Bonding Company SURETY ;. , , ,; BY. I ��. ^M.��•�.,�`'�a /l`. .. AT ORNEY-IN-FACT ` ` � Joseph W. LoPresti, Attomey-In-Fact & Florida Residqnt Agent ��1� ': y w,�.. _ Brown & Brown of Florida, Inc. P.O. Box 15518 °.�!� �^� �;> `° r Tampa, FL 33684 (813) 226-1322 �' � �q'a ++�� ; i �e��a� ..'"i�; f� yA"� , 11/IS/2011 � MERCHANT�S� , BONDING COMPANY POWER OF ATTORNEY CI , ' , � ' t ' Know All Persons By These Presents, that the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of lowa, and having its principal office in the City of Des Moines, County of Polk, State of lowa, hath made, constituted and appointed, and does by these presents make, constitute and appoint Joseph W. LoPresti, Steve Ayers, Anna Lee Duncan, Mia Bush, Mary Jane Gwyn of Tampa and State of Florida its true and lawful Attorney-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to sign, execute, acknowledge and deliver in its behalf as surety any and all bonds, undertakings, recognizances or other written obligations in the nature thereof, subject to the limitation that any such instrument shall not exceed the amount of: EIGRT MILLION ($8,000,000.00) DOLLARS and to bind the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond or undertaking was signed by the duly authorized officers of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), and all the acts of said Attorney-in-Fact, pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power-of-Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following Amended Substituted and Restated By- Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) on November 16, 2002. ARTICLE II, SECTION 8- The Chairman of the Board or President or any Vice President or Secretary shall have power and authority to appoint Attorneys-in-Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the Seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof. ARTICLE II, SECTION 9- The signature of any authorized officer and the Seai of the Company may be affixed by facsimiie to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed. In Witness Whereof, MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) has caused these presents to be signed by its President and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed, this 20th day of May , 2009. ' STATE OF IOWA COUNTY OF POLK ss. ' L__1 � ' ' ' �J .•---•. . • p\N� , C0�•. r1 A ' . • ='Q'oc��P�R9�9�,�• . :�:2 _o_ o: ; •z: :3. ' �' 1933 ' . y : c. • •�ti. . . : �6�;�. . •`;�d . • ' . • �� . ..� ��. MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) By � � �� President On this 20th day of May , 2009 , before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), the corporation described in the foregoing instrument, and that the Seal affixed to the said instrument is the Corporate Seal of the said Corporation and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its Board of Directors. In Testimony Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal at the City of Des Moines, lowa, the day and year first above written. o�� CINDY SMYTH + , Commission Number 173504 oW� My Commission Expires March 16, 2012 STATE OF IOWA COUNTY OF POLK ss. � � Notary Public, Polk Counry, lowa I, William Warner, Jr., Secretary of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER-OF-ATTORNEY executed by said MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Company on this 16 day of January 2012 , ' POA 0001 (1/09) .;•••......� .� �O��G �Q�i, `. A'• ;00.�RPOq'•.y. . y � �;' �, 9J,.?� : •r—.= -o- R'� . �'Z' b:3° � 6 � i 933 a . y : c. • �. .�ti• • d; • • ��%. . •`;��b�. . •- • . �'s . '••..... �.L.�%,..�/ L�� -� : �> Secretary , ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' CONTRACT This CONTRACT made and entered into this � day of , 20� by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and %��e.11as ,�ools !�• , of the City of /fR-�ti-'�a� County of and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: NORTH GREENWOOD AQUATIC CENTER & CLEARWATER BEACH FAMILY CENTER POOL RESURFACING - PROJECT #: 08-0020-PR-B IN THE AMOUNT OF ONE HUNDRED SEVENTY SEVEN THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED SEVENTY TWO DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($177,672.00) In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special t provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this ' contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. u 1 , , 1 ' IJ , If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such wark as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB-CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB-CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES. _Revised SectionV.docx Page 3 of 16 11/15/2011 ' , CONTRACT �2) , In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: ' In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national ongm. The aforesaid provision shall mclude, but not be limited to, the followmg: ' employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay-off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees , or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non-discrimination clause. , The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub-contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. ' It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated ' herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per dav for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 ner ' da� shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor ' to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of ' this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to ' be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the ' City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form ' satisfactory to it. ' ' ' CONT 4 SIGN.docx Page 4 of 16 11/15/2011 ' , ' , ' ' CONTRACT (3) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA ' By: � ►1��.A,tn,�Q�� William B. Horne, II , City Manager ' Countersigned: 0 , , C ' 1 1 ' ' 'J —tt,e,oru. n c�e�t.l�os, v�lc v�kyor By: �� Frank Hibbard, Mayor-Councilmember (Contractor must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual.) (The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). CONT 4 SIGN.docx Page 5 of 16 ' Assistant City Attorney �)1 CC�f QS \ c�n `� /�'�t��QS�OO �S (Contractor) .�. .. By: I��I�e�tlNa�c.ti000e�r (�� ,� - -�"9 � r r-� .-' �� ;' a'. 'Y m! .. �.,�.�. ., �� , � °�` ` i �J . .� � � �� '�O " � � .. r- , .. . , ; � �,,,,� :. . y,.,� �- ��'7 " � 11/15/2011 i ' ' ' ' ' ' CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT (CORPORATION FORMI STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned authority, duly authorized to administer oaths and take acknowledgments, , who after being duly sworn, deposes and says: That he is the (TITLE) of , a Florida Corporation, with its principal place of business located at (herein, the "Contractor"). , That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of , 20 with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal corporation, as Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction o£ ' � ' NORTH GREENWOOD AQUATIC CENTER & CLEARWATER BEACH FAMILY CENTER POOL RESURFACING - PROJECT #: 08-0020-PR-B That said work has now been completed and the Contractor has paid and discharged all sub-contractors, laborers and material men in connection with said work and there are no liens outstanding of any nature nor any debts or obligations that might become a lien or encumbrance in connection with said work against the described property. , That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, and upon consideration of the payment of (Final Full Amount of Contract) in full satisfaction and discharge of said contract. ' , ' , , 1 1 , That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of said Contract. The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all arising under the operation of the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes. Sworn and subscribed to before me This day of , 20 NOTARY PUBLIC My Commission Expires: CONT 4 SIGN.docx Page 6 of 14 ;i AFFIANT PRESIDENT 11/15/2010 a , . ' , , PRUPOS�I..BOND (I�Iat to be filled nut if a cerkified cheek: is sub�nitted} ' KNUWI�fi ALL 1�4!IEi�1 BY THESE I'ItiSEN'I"S: That we, the ur�d�i�neti, Pinellas Pools, Inc., 1234 A;temate 19 North, Holiday, FL 34691 �r �%�yn�j�� j Merchants Bonding Company .._�.. _. _ _ ' ��1Ii��', VV��5 ��{j.TCSS ES 2100 Fieur Drive. Des Moines. lowa 50321 . at� �eld ar�d �inr�ily boutnd unto the City of Clearwaterr, �tQTlt�; li1 i}]� 3i]YYi O� Ten Percent of the Bid Amount Dollars ($ ,o% } Cbein$ a minimurn of li3°�`o of �o�ira��tor's tatal bitl amoui�t) fa� th� paYt�€ent ' of wl�ich, well and trt�Iy to t� rr��tie; we hereby jQfntly �� se�terally bind owrselv�s, aut heirs, executors, administrators, su�ce�soxs and assigns: � , The cundition of t�ie above c�bligatinn is such that i�th� at��►ed Fr�pc3s�l of P��e��eg Poo�s. ��. �g ��]� g�� Merchants Bondfng Company HS �t]7��, f�r vveiFk specifY�d as: North Greenwood Aauatic Center. Clearvvater Beach Familv Aauatic Center. Pool Resu_rfaanq..- Proied ' No: 08 0020-PR (B) - Clearwater, Florida alI as 5tipt�at.�d in said �'rQposal, hy doin� �l work incid�ntal .tl��r�ta, in accordance with t�te pIans and ' specificati+�n� pravid�d herefor, all within Pin�tlas County, is ar,cegte.d and �i� contra�# awa�ed to the above x�amed bidtier,. and the said bidder shal:l witliin ten. days a#fi�r not3ce of said award enter 'vnto a eontraet, in wtitiug, and fiirnish the reqe�ired i��ormance Bon�! wi� swrety ar s�ties to be appt'c�ved by the �ity M�ag�r, this obligation shall be�oad, Oth�rvvis� the 5�me sh�l� b� in fizll �arce and virtue , b� law and ihe fu� �inount af this Proposal Bont� will tae pai�! ta the City as stipulated or liquid�t�ri damages. � ' F� � `!�� . ' �� 7th �Y 4� December � �(j 11 , ��71TlCi�3� 2ii�i'a� 713i��G�� YV}2�1CI` ' coxporation, partnecship, eomPanY t�r in�ividual) , 'i"�e �zson s`igzung shall, in his awn ' handwri�ting, si�n the Fritte'tpal`s iiame, his own name aztd his tit��', the person si�nning for a corporati�n , must, liy s�iciavit, �iaw his su#harity tD �311d th8 GQS�}Oti1tiC►ri. I�I I � � , ' 1 _ rr , _ „1 ,� �'y T��^ �� _ PINELLAS POOLS, INC. � "'-'� t,J .S� - ,� -j:i , „� - �..�� . Princ�pal i� •.,r �'. r r sy: O�P s, cl �p / Ti�e MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY f "� �d�9 • e, �' �.�p Joseph W LoPresti, Attomey-In-Fad & Florida Resident Agent Brovm 8 Brown oi Florida, PO Box 15519, -' l�.,' Tampa, FL 33684 '� Inquires: (813) 226-1337 �� a," ' � , , ' ' MERC��ANT�S � BONDING COMPANY POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents, that the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of lowa, and having its principal office in the City of Des Moines, County of Polk, State of lowa, hath made, constituted and appointed, and does by these presents make, constitute and appoint Joseph W. LoPresti, Steve Ayers, Anna Lee Duncan, Mia Bush, Mary Jane Gwyn of Tampa and State of Florida its true and lawful Attorney-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to sign, execute, acknowledge and deliver in its behalf as surety any and all bonds, undertakings, recognizances or other written obligations in the nature thereof, subject to the limitation that any such instrument shall not exceed the amount of: EIGHT MILLION ($8,000,000.00) DOLLARS and to bind the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond or undertaking was signed by the duly authorized officers of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), and all the acts of said Attorney-in-Fact, pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power-of-Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following Amended Substituted and Restated By- ' Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) on November 16, 2002. ARTICLE II, SECTION 8- The Chairman of the Board or President or any Vice President or Secretary shall have power and authority to appoint Attorneys-in-Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the Seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof. ' � ' ARTICLE II, SECTION 9- The signature of any authorized officer and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed. In Witness Whereof, MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) has caused these presents to be signed by its President and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed, this 20th day of May , 2009. ' STATE OF IOWA COUNTY OF POLK ss. C1 �I L_: ' ' , ' .••--•. .• �\N� CD�•.� �o�o�POA .oy. . • : � 9� •?<: :t�y-:= -o- o� : 'Z; :3• ' a' 1933 • . y : c. . J. •Cy. �•�6',��• .... • •'�'�'a.' . �`s . '••..... MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) By �� President On this 20th day of May 2009 , before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), the corporation described in the foregoing instrument, and that the Seal affixed to the said instrument is the Corporate Seal of the said Corporation and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its Board of Directors. In Testimony Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal at the City of Des Moines, lowa, the day and year first above written. �+�, CINDY SMYTH „ F Commission Number 173504 aw� My Commission Expires March 16, 2012 STATE OF IOWA COUNTY OF POLK ss. � � Notary Public, Polk County, lowa I, William Wamer, Jr., Secretary of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER-OF-ATTORNEY executed by said MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Company on this 7th day of December � 2011 . ' POA 0001 (1/09) �.•.•., � ��?o�� P �.'�.o •. .9 . • 'v q�•y.�.: : f•�'.:•'2 -o- o; : .Z; ;3. ° a � 1933 ; e; .y . J. .�ti. . . . d�;�,,�.••L1'�: . • �. '••...• �,��%�..�i �� Secretary ' t , , ' ' ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' , , 1 ' ' AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA ) COUNTY OF 1 being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is Secretary of a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: Street & Number City County State Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of . (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that is (Officer's Name) (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for for said corporation by virtue of (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of the Board of Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption). Sworn to before me this CONT 4 SIGN.docx day of Page 7 of 16 GT17 I:�ii�ii Notary Public Type/print/stamp name of Notary Title or rank, and Serial No., if any 11/15/2011 � , ' ' ' 1 � ' ' ' ' ' ' i ' ' ' ' NON-GOLLUSION A�FFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF �SL4 ) 1`��1(XrnU\�, ��.r. being, first dluly sworn, deposes and says that'he is �,S�dzrc� of ��ncllaS. i�o�ls�Tnc'� , the pariy makitig the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise �aiated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, c:onspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid p�ice or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or th�it of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any perso�z or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. , � � __��. Aiiiant Swom to and subscribed before�me this _� day of C,c.Yr 1r�c � , 20�. � ScctionV.doc ' Pagc 9 of 14 �� Notary Public � �,,�.,},,�� f� ,4 MAHIA S. L�KAKIS �t`" �„'s. MY GOMMISSIbN # DD 799115 =,�,�r�� XpiR�B': Jdne 19; 2Al2 �t�y .. � aenaea Th�u Nbi�+Y �ubn� UndB�wm�rs_ i]/15/2010 ' ' ' STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF ' � � 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' ' NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is of the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. Sworn to and subscribed before me this CONT 4 SIGN.docx Affiant day of , 20 Page 8 of 14 Notary Public 11/152010 ' 1 ' ' ' ' ' 1 ' ' ' ' ' 1 ' ' ' ' ' PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for NORTH GREENWOOD AQUATIC CENTER & CLEARWATER BEACH FAMILY CENTER POOL RESURFACING - PROJECT #: 08-0020-PR-B and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked NORTH GREENWOOD AQUATIC CENTER & CLEARWATER BEACH FAMILY CENTER POOL RESURFACING - PROJECT #: 08-0020-PR-B Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Contract Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: CONT 4 SIGN.docx Page 9 of 14 11/15/2010 ' � 1 ' ' � ' LJ ' �_J PROPOSAL �2) If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on Bank, far the sum of �$ (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub-contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). ' NAMES: ' lJ ' ' ' ' ' ADDRESSES: Signature of Bidder: (The bidder must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual). CONT 4 SIGN.docx Page 10 of 16 ' 11/15/2011 ' ' ' ' ' 1 ' , ' ' ' ' ' , , ' ' ' ' PROPOSAL (3) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice-President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. Principal: By: Business Address of Bidder: City and State: Dated at CONT 4 SIGN.docx this Title: day of Page 11 of 16 Zip Code A.D., 20 iiiisi2o�t ' , ' ' ' ' ' , , ' 1 , ' ' ' , ' ' ' CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: NORTH GREENWOOD AQUATIC CENTER & CLEARWATER BEACH FAMILY CENTER POOL RESURFACING PROJECT NO. : 08-0020-PR-B Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. CONT 4 SIGN.docx Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Page 12 of 14 (Name of Bidder) (Signature of Officer) (Title of Officer) (Date) 11/15/2010 , , ' ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' , ' ' ' ' , ' t BIDDER'S PROPOSAL- ADDENUM NO. 2 PROJECT: NORTH GREENWOOD AQUATIC CENTER & CLEARWATER BEACH FAMILY CENTER POOL RESURFACING PROJECT #: 08-0020-PR-B 1. In conformance with the Instructions to Bidders, the Undersi�ned hereby offers to furnish, except as specifically e�cluded, all permits, labor, materials, taXes, testina, tools, e�uipment, transportation, and insurance necessary to perform the work shown in the contract documents. Completion of the project shall be on o�- before the date indicated herein. The initial contract amolmt shall be the total of the lump sum and unit pi-ice dollars shown on the in the Bidder's Proposal. 2. North Greenwood Aquatic Center — 900 N. Martin Luther King, Jr. Street, Clearwatet•, FL — Resurface lap/diving pool, plunge pool for slide, activity/training pool and 2 filter tanks. 3. Clearwater Beach Family Aquatic Center — 69 Bay Esplande, Clearwater, FL — Resurface lap/activity pool and filter tank. 4. The contractor shall begin resurfacing pool work on Clearwater Beach Family Aquatic Center upon notice to pi•oceed first and follow up �n North Greenwood Aquatic Center. Pool at Clearwater Beach Family Aquatic Center opens for Spring Break a��d would like this pool completed February 2012. Total contact period 90 calendar days from Notice to Proceed. 5. The owner will provide electricity and water for construction of this project. The contractor will be required to provide sanitation for his employees and sub contractor dLU�ing the construction }�eriod of this project and will not be allow utilize Owner facilities 6. The pool contactor shall contact City of Clearwater Solid Waste for roll off in disposal of waste from this project. 7. The Owner will provide chemicals, and water for refilling the pools the contractor will be required to provide the necessary equipment to refill the pool from a fire hydrant with a meter installed by the Water Department. 8. Pool contractor is required to balance pool chemical for 5 days prior to inspection by the Pinellas County Health Departn�ent ttu-novei- of the project to the o�vner. The owner �vill provide all chemicals for t}�is balancinb procedure. 9. The pool contractor is required to obtain final inspection and pool operation from Pinel]as Colmty I�ealth Department prior to close out of the project. 10. The contractor shall protect the all existing tiles of the pool, lane rope eq�iipment, handrails, dive marker, depth marker, pool retuins, gutter drains, vacuum intake diving board, pool equipment anchors, etc... are not to be disturbed during the pool resurfacing process of the pools. Any anchors for handrails or ladders removed shall be reinstalled and electrically bonded per governing electrical code at no additional cost to the Owner. Any damages these items shall be replaced by the pool contractor at his expense and no additional compensation will be provided by the Owner. ll. See Technical Specifications — Section IV, Scope of Work l.1 for additional information pertaining to this project. 12. During the site visit it was noted some of the 6"x6" gutter tile and depth markers were damaged. The bid items proposal sheet reflect the number of required tiles to be replaced. 13. The steps of all pools will require rebuilding with new 1/4 round 6" black bull nose, non-slid tiles in the rebuilding steps and shall be include in the bidders proposal of the pricing of the resurfacing lump sum cost of the poo]s. ITEM - BASE BID UNIT NO. DESCRIl'TION UNIT OTY. PRICE PRICE I. North Greenwood Recreation Center 1. Resurface Lap and Divina Pool L.S. 1 $49,000.00 $49,000.00 a. Gutter tiles 6"x6" remove & replace b. Gutter depth marker tile 6"x6" remove & replace �2. Resurface Feature Slide Plunge Pool a. Tiles 6"Y6" remove & replace 3. Resurface Activity — Training Pool a. Gutter tiles 6"x6" remove & replace Pinellas Yool Bid.doc EACH EACH L.S. EACH L.S. EACH Paae� 14 of 16 153 $4379085 65 $16.9230769 $670.00 �� .�,.!'✓ $1,100.00 "� $6900.00 _ $6900.00 `'��i2 5 $6.00 1 $24,�00.00 30 $5.666667 $30.00 � �'� $24,�00.00 � $170.00 � �'`'' i 1,'1>i2010 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' , ' , ' ' ' , ' ' ' BIDDER'S PROPOSAL- ADDENDUM NO. 2 PROJECT: NORTH GREENWOOD AQUATIC CENTER & CLEARWATER BEACH FAMILY CENTER POOL RESURFACING PROJECT #: 08-0020-PR-B ITEM - BASE BID UNIT NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. PRICE PRICE b. Gutter depth marker tile 6"x6" remove & replace EACH 30 $21.66667 $650.00`�� r,, /�� ;� � 4. Resurface Filter Tanks EACH 2 $600.00 $1,200.00 ✓*i� i��'� II. Clearwater Beach Aquatic Center 1. Resurface Lap — Activity Pool (include bond beam repairs & repaint) 2. Resurface Filter Tank III. Miscellaneous 1. Misc. Pool Equipment Allowance (*) Note: Ite�ns listed below shall be in kind of existing equipment to be replaced. Miscellaneous New Equipment Item Unit PricinQ: Unit Cost a) Rope Anchor Removal & ReplacemenC (R&R) (each) $�10.00 b) Gutter Drain (R & K) (each) $40.00 c) Vacuum intake (R & R) (each) $40.�0 d) Pool Retm-n (R & R) (each) $60.00 e) Stainless Steel Handrail (R & R) (each) $700.00 f} Stainless Steel Ladder (R & R) (each) $700.00 g) Bronze Anchors for e& f above (R&R) (eacl�) $8�.00 h) Depth Marker (R&R) (each) $17.00 i) Dive Marker (R&R) (each) $17.00 j) Gutter Bullnose Tile (R&R) (per lineal foot) $12.00 k) Standard Gutter Tile (R�R) (per lineal foot) $12.00 1) Standard Lane Marker Tile (R&R) (per square foot) $1 �.00 j) Standard Lane Target Tile (R&R) (per square foot) $ I�_00 2. Miscellaneous Repair Allowance (*) Miscellaneous Repair Item Unit Pricin�: Unit Cost a) Pool Shell Crack Repairs (per linea] foot) $15.00 3. Performance Surety Bond IV. Subtotal of Line Items Above L.S L.S L.S 1 $52,700.00 1 $600.00 l $15,000.00 L.S. 1 L.S 1 V. 10% Contingency''�* Line No. IV. **(Note contin�ency funds shall only utilized upon written approval by the O�vner or the o�vner's representative to utilize these fund for additional Scope of Work �iot indicated in item I. through lll. of the Bill of Quantities. Continaency funds �ot utilized in the implementation of his contract shall be retumed to the o«mer by tinal chan�e order durina close out of the contract.) Pinellas Pool Bid.doc Pa`_>e 1 � ot 16 $5,000.00 $52,700.00 $600.00 $ l 5,000.00 $5,000.00 $4,000.00 $4,000.00 � $161,520.00 �.'�� $ l 6,152.00 �/`w" �2 1 1 i]�/2(? I 1 ❑ , BIDDER'S PROPOSAL-ADDENDUM NO. 2 , PROJECT: NORTH GREENWOOD AQUATIC CENTER & CLEARWATER BEACH FAMILY CENTER POOL RESiIRFACING � � 1 PROJECT #: 08-0020-PR-B VL Total of Line IV. (All Bid Items) & V. (] 0% Contingency) BIDDER'S TOTAL $ BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL $177,672.00 Numbers) $177,672.00 One hundred seventy seven tho�isand six hundred seventy two dollars and zero cents ords) NOTE: I. *Lmnp smn (LS) quantities ara for uifonnntion only. The contactor to �e�ify all LS quantities. , 2. *Allowances(*) (Labor & Materials to be billed on Time and Matenal basis). 3. Unit p�ces �tems will require Enb�neer & Owner approval of contractor mstallad quanUUes. TNE BIDDER'S TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LU�1P SU�I PRICES AND THE ESTINI.4TED QUAYTITIES REQUIRF.D. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE T1ME OF OPENING B1DS. THE CITY �VILL MARE THE TABULATION FROn1 THE UNIT PRICES r�ND LUMP SUb7 ' PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL Bl' THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGEU r�S ONLI" THE UNIT PRiCES AND LU11P SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. THE C1TY OF CLEARWATER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT ALL BIDS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTE ALL B[D 1TE�1S INCL[JDING MISCELLANEOUS UNIT PR1C►NG SHALL BE PRICES AND BLANKS LEFT ON ANY 1TEi�1 THE BE W1LL BE CONS]DERED A NON RESPONSIVE BID AND �VILL NOT BE CONSIDERED IN A�VARDWG THIS PROJECT. ' ' ITEM - ALTERNATES UNIT NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT OTY. PRICE PRICE Unit prices increases/decrease of actual quantities shall be per the Schedule of Values 1. OH&P percenta�e for materials purchased on a time and material (T&M) basis. ADD $_1 �%_% 2. OH&P percentage for Qenera] contractor for sub-contractor service fot- additional work. ADD $__15%_% 3. L�bor rate for work performed on � time & material basis (inclucie all taxes & fi-inge benefits). ADD $_$30.00/HR � 7'HE C]TY OF CLEARWATER RESERVES THE R7GHT TO SELECT ANl' AND OR ALL OF THE ALTERNATE ITEMS AND OR REJECT ANS' AND ALL AL7'Ef2NATE ITEhIS. THE AL7'ERNATE ITEMS SELECTEll SHALL BE U7'ILI"GEll IN THE TAf3ULAT10N OF THE PROJECT AND SHALL llE"TF,Ri�11�E THE LOW BIDDER ' ' ' � , ' ' ' Pineilas Yool Bid.doc Pa��e l� ut 16 ' 1 l; 1 i!201 1 -�.—'_'� aP io: a,u ''��,,.....°-R°� CERTIFICATE OF LIABILlTY l�ISUR,�►,NCE �A7E(MMfODlYYYY) 12/13f11 THIS CERTIFICATE IS 15SUED AS A MATTER OF INFpRMAT10N ONI.Y AND COtJFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTiFtCA7E HOLDER. TH1S 'CERTiFiCATE DOES NOT AFFIRMA7fVE�Y OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EX7END OR ALTEi2 THE COVERAGE AFFqRDED BY THE POL,ICIES SELOW. TH15 CER7iFtCATE OF iNSURANCE DOES N07 CONSTITUTE A C�NTRACT BETWEEN 7HE ISSUING INSUREFt{S), AUTMORIZED REPRESENTATiVE OR PRODUCEFt, AND 7H� CERTIFICA7E HOLDER. IMPORTAN7: tf the certificato holder is an ADDIYIONRL INSURED, the poticy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGA710N IS WAIVED, subject to , the terms and conditions of ths policy, certafn policies may reqaire an endorsement. A statement on this cartiticata does not confer rights to the certificate ho[der En Ileu of such endorsement s. PRODUCER 727-�� i CONTA T Brown & Brown of Florida, Inc. NAME: 72i-442-7fi95 PHONE 83 Park Ptace Blvd., Ste 101 wc o Exi : _ �CyNo): P.O. Box 2456 (33767-2466) E•MAIL Clearwater, FL 33T59 ADDRESS: ��_ Adam Burr cus oMea �o a� P�N�-Z'1 ' I 3NSURED pinellas Pools Inc 1234AIternate 99 Hoiiday, FL 34691 ' ' � ' � ' ' 1 ' ' ' ' ' , __ iNSURER S AFFOROING COYERAGE NAIC p iNSUaERa:Hartford Underwriters Ins. Co. 3Q104 �NSURe�s:Zenith lnsurance Com an � 13269 IN3UREftC;Naufilus Insurartce Gompan 17370 __ iNSUReRn:Sentinel [nsurance Company 11000 COVERAGES CERi'iFECATE NUMBER: REVIStON NUMSER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LlSTED BEIOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO 71iE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR 7HE POLICY PERiOD INDICATEO. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM Oft CON�I710N QF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT 70 WHICH THIS CERT�FICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE {NSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBFD HERE�N iS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITiONS OF SUCH POLIGIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN R[DUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. 'L7R TYPE OF INSUR/INCE POLICY NUMBER MMlOD/YYYY MMlDOlYYYY I.fMIT3 (3ENERAI LIABIUTY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,QOO�OO A X COMMERCIAI, GENERAL LIABILITY 21 U�NOJ2074 11N7111 11l17/12 pREMI ES Es occurrence $ 50,Oa CLAIMS-MADE o OCCUR MED EXP (Any ona person a 5,�� X Contractua! Liab PERSONAL 8 AOV INJURY $ �,0��,�4 }( Pop Up Coverage GENERALAGGREGA7E $ 2,000,00 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRQDUCTS - COMPlOP AGG S 2,000,00 POLlCY X PRO• LOC $ �` AUTOM0811,E LIABll.17V COMBINED SINGLE lIM1T $ '� �OQ0,00 (Ea aocident) � X ANY AVTO 21 UENQJ2074 11117I11 11l17112 �ODILY INJURY (Parperson) $ X ALI.OWNEDAUTOS BODILYINJURY(Peraccident) $ SCHEtiULEp AU70S PHOPERTY OAMAGE X HIRED AUTOS (Per axident) $ X NON-OWNEDAUTOS $ $ X UMBREl1A �IAB X OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 'I,OOO�OO EXCESSLIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ 'I,O00,00 A 21HHUOJ2075 11J17/11 11/'i7l12 -- aEDUCTtBLE $ RE7ENTION 5 g WORKERS COMPENSA7ION X WC STATU- OTH- ANO BMPCOYERS• LIABILtTY RY 41MIT, � ANYPROPRiBTOR/PARTNERlFXECUTIVE Y�N Z070045203 11/17l11 11l17/12 �,�„EqCNACCiDENT $ 500,�d OFFICERlMEMBER EXCLUDEDI � N / A (Mandatory in NH) E.L. OISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE S 500,00 If yes, dascribe undar E.L. OISEASE - POIICY LIMiT $ $0�,00 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS betow C Equipment NN183630 11I17111 f1/17112 Rented t0,00 DESCRIPTION OF OPERA710NS / LOCATIONS! VEHICLES (Attech ACORD ��1, Addttlonal Remsrks Schedute, iT more space Ia required) City of Ciearwater Purchasing Department 100 S Myrtfe Ave 3rd floor Clearwater, FL 33756 ACORD 26 �2009/89j CITYC17 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABQVE DESCRIBEO POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE £XPIItATION DATE 7HEREOP, N0710E W1LL BE DEUVEREO IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZEO REPRESENTATIVE `��1"� y'" " /' +- �fi4�.� 01988-2Q09 RCORq CORPOFiATiON. All rights reserved. Tha ACORp name and logo are registered marks of ACORD